FCR CAPSULA XL2 SERVICE MANUAL

Prévia do material em texto

GUIDE PAGEGUIDE PAGE
- 1 -
Checkpoints When Trouble Occurs
Documents and References to be Used When Trouble Occurs
Checkpoints during Installation
Checkpoints during Preventive Maintenance
Software Related Checkpoints
Search the error code.
Distinguish between abnormal images.
Gather log data.
Software Control (relationship with DX Console)
Electrical Block Diagrams/Short-Circuit Detection
Circuit Diagrams (Disconnection check)
I/O Locations and Their Functional Overview
Installation Specifications
Preparation for Installation
Installation Procedures (Mechanical)
Installation Procedures (Software Setup)
Installing Optional Items (Anti-Topple Retainer)
Installing Optional Items (Supporter)
When Installed in Patient Environment
Preventive Maintenance Programs
List of Preventive Maintenance Replacement Parts:
 2nd-Year/3rd-Year/4th-Year
Install/version update software and applications.
Gather log data.
Back up/restore machine shipment control data.
Back up/restore configuration data.
Machine Maintenance Utility
RU PC-TOOL
MUTL
Registering the Master CL
To Table of Contents of Service Manual
How to Use PDF Manual
To CLIENT PC - GUIDE PAGE
Abnormal image occurs.
Procedures
FCR CAPSULA XL II / 
FCR CARBON XL-2 / FCR XL-2
Image Related Checkpoints
Parts Related Checkpoints
Unit Locations
Roller Locations/Conveyance Paths
Image Data Flows
Sensitivity/Shading Correction
Parts List (INDEX)
Voltage Check
CLIENT PC - GUIDE PAGECLIENT PC - GUIDE PAGE
- 2 -
To GUIDE PAGE
FCR CAPSULA XL II / 
FCR CARBON XL-2 / FCR XL-2
Features of the Client PC Outline of ON-LINE and OFF-LINE Operations
Maintenance
Precautions in Using the Client PC
Features and Operations
Installing the CLIENT PC-TOOL
Data Flow of Commands
UPLOAD and DOWNLOAD
READ and WRITE
Import and Export
Difference between ON-LINE and OFF-LINE Operations
Operation in ON-LINE Mode
Operation in OFF-LINE Mode
Precautions in Setting the “Windows Firewall” 
in DX Console
Precautions in Using a Notebook PC without CD-ROM 
Drive
Precautions in Setting the “Internet Options” 
in Client PC
Acquisition of Log Information
Check/Acquisition of History Data
Check/Acquisition of Configuration Data
MUTL
Version Update
List of CLIENT PC-TOOL Commands
- 3 -
How to Use PDF Manual
Hyperlinks
A hyperlinks is inserted at the blue-colored mark in this manual.
Clicking it allows you to jump to the reference chapter or section.
- Example of Hyperlink -
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
 Clicking it allows you to jump to the reference section.
- 4 -
BLANK PAGE
FUJI COMPUTED RADIOGRAPHY
FCR CAPSULA XL II / FCR CARBON XL-2 / FCR XL-2
CR-IR 359
The relationship between mR (milliroentgen), which is the
unit of radiation, and μC/kg (micro-coulomb/kilogram),
which is the SI derived unit of radiation, is as follows.
1 mR = 0.258μC/kg
E-Only
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
Service Manual
Printed in Japan
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval 
system, or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, 
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior 
written permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.
FCR is a trademark or a registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation
<No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted.>
Copyright © 2013-2014 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
Document No. 014-247-02E
1st Edition May 31, 2013
Revised Edition Jan 31, 2014
l Target devices of this Service Manual
The target device of this Service Manual (014-247-xxE) is CR-IR 359 with 
serial numbers # xxx40001 to 49999 and # xxx70001 or later.
For CR-IR 359 with serial number # xxx50000 to 70000, 
please use CR-IR 359 Service Manual (014-211-xxE).
l Software to be used in this device
Software "114Y5039004Axx" or "114Y5039004Bxx" is used in this device.
The part number of the software must be confirmed before performing the 
software installation and upgrade.
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.1
0.1014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
1.3 About Notation in the Manual
n Notation of cautions, warnings, etc.
The notation formats of "warning", "caution", "Instruction", "note", and "reference" are shown 
below.
 WARNING
Used when death or serious injury may occur if the instruction is not observed.
 CAUTION
Used when minor or medium levels of physical injury may be incurred if the instruction 
is not observed.
Also used when the machine may suffer serious trouble (such as unrecoverable or 
difficult-to-recover trouble).
u INSTRUCTION u
Used when the machine may suffer damage, or any failure or malfunction may occur, if the 
instruction is not observed.
u NOTE u
Used to indicate the matters that need attention during steps of the procedure.
 REFERENCE 
Used to indicate terminology or supplemental explanations.
n Indication of Refer To
The " " mark is used to indicate the chapter or section you should refer to.
Its format is as indicated below.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
n Notation in the Manual
In this Service Manual, the CR-IR 359 is sometimes denoted simply as the RU (Reader Unit), 
and the DR-ID 300CL as the DX Console.
1. Handling of This Manual
1.1 About This Manual
n Scope
This Service Manual is applicable to Fuji Computed Radiography CR-IR 359 (# xxx40001 to 
49999, and # xxx70001 or later). The machine is categorized as Class 1 according to IEC 
classification.
n Notation of Unit Symbols
For notation of unit symbols, metric units set forth in the International Systems of Units (SI) 
are used, as a rule. However, metric units that are allowed in the Measurement Law, not in 
the SI, are used in some cases.
1.2 Precautions for Handling of This Manual
1. FUJIFILM Corporation reserves all rights related to this manual.
2. This manual should be accessible only to technical service personnel 
authorized by FUJIFILM Corporation.
3.	Since	this	manual	contains	confidential	information	of	FUJIFILM	Corporation,	
such as the internal structure of the product, appropriate measures should 
be taken to prevent illegal or inappropriate disclosure and/or use of this 
manual.
4. The following conducts are prohibited without prior written approval of 
FUJIFILM Corporation:
- Copy or transcribe a whole or part of the contents of this manual
- Disclose, furnish, lend, and/or transfer a whole or part of the contents of 
this manual to persons other than the afore-described technical service 
personnel.
- Use a whole or part of the contents of this manual for purposes other than 
technical servicing of the product.
5. Portions of the descriptions in this manual may be revised due to 
improvements on the product.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.2
0.2014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
n Notation of Symbols
- Check/Adjustment indicator: Indicates that it is necessary to check or adjust the 
 installation location when the part or component 
 removed is to be reinstalled.
 This indicator is placed in the illustration that depicts 
 the procedures for removing the parts and components.
 When you see this indicator, refer to its relevant 
 "n Check/Adjustment Procedures."
- Half-punch indicator: Indicates that it is necessary to align the half-punches 
 when installing the parts or components.
 However, it is not indicated for the half-punches for 
 improving ease of assembly or preventing erroneous 
 assembly procedures.
1.4 Servicing Instruments and Tools That Require Inspection/
Calibration
The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing instruments and tools that 
have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate.
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not been 
inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the machine could not be guaranteed.
Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are as listed below.
The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in accordance with the 
specifications and instruction manuals of the applicable servicing instruments and tools.
n Instrumentsand Tools That Require Inspection/Calibration
Name Inspection Calibration
Dosimeter - 
Steel rule (150 mm)  -
Steel rule (300 mm)  -
Digital multimeter  
Calipers  (*) -
* : A block gauge for use in inspection requires calibration.
CHECK1
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.3
0.3
E-Only
Contents Safety Precautions
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
CR-IR 359 Service Manual - Contents
Safety Precaution
1. Safety Precautions ........................................... Safety-1
1.1 General Precautions ............................................................... Safety-1
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation ....................................... Safety-2
1.3 Precautions on Patient Environment ........................................ Safety-2
1.4 Precautions in Retaining the Machine ...................................... Safety-3
1.5 Notes on Supporter Use .......................................................... Safety-3
1.5.1 Precautions in Handling the Machine in a User’s Site 
where the Supporter Is Used .......................................................Safety-3
1.5.2 Precautions in Preventing the Supporter from Toppling ...............Safety-3
2. Labels ................................................................ Safety-4
2.1 Laser Precaution Labels .......................................................... Safety-4
2.1.1 Laser Precaution Label Attachment Locations .............................Safety-4
2.1.2 List of Laser Precaution Labels ....................................................Safety-5
2.2 Ratings Indication Labels ........................................................ Safety-6
2.3 Handling Instruction Labels and Attachment Locations ............ Safety-7
2.3.1 Erasure Unit .................................................................................Safety-7
2.3.2 Scanning Optics Unit ....................................................................Safety-7
2.3.3 Covers ..........................................................................................Safety-8
2.3.4 Cassette Insertion Operation Label, 
Cassette Right-Justifying Label ....................................................Safety-8
2.3.5 Exposure Marker Instruction Label ..............................................Safety-9
2.3.6 Power Cable Caution Label .........................................................Safety-9
3. Protective Housings 
Against Laser Exposure ................................ Safety-10
4. CLASSIFICATION ........................................... Safety-10
5. Cautions on Electromagnetic Waves ............Safety-11
5.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) .....................................Safety-11
5.2 Further information for IEC60601-1-2 .....................................Safety-11
6. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS ................... Safety-14
7. Cautions on Network ..................................... Safety-15
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.4
0.4
E-Only
Contents Safety Precautions
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Product Specifications
1. Specifications of Machine ..................................Spec-1
1.1 Product Code ............................................................................ Spec-1
1.2 Available IP Sizes and Types .................................................... Spec-1
1.3 Available Cassette Types and Sizes .......................................... Spec-1
1.4 List of Optional Items ................................................................ Spec-1
1.5 Product Specifications ............................................................... Spec-2
1.6 Dimensions, Weight, and Center of Gravity ............................... Spec-2
1.7 Moving Means for the Machine ................................................. Spec-3
1.8 Retaining Means for the Machine .............................................. Spec-3
1.8.1 Retaining the Machine on Adjustable Feet .....................................Spec-3
1.8.2 Retaining the Machine by Use of Anti-Topple Retainer ..................Spec-4
1.9 Environmental Conditions .......................................................... Spec-5
1.10 Electrical Specifications ............................................................. Spec-5
1.11 Servicing Space ........................................................................ Spec-6
1.12 Installation Space ...................................................................... Spec-6
1.12.1 For Fixing by Adjustable Feet .........................................................Spec-6
1.12.2 Retaining the Machine by the Anti-Topple Retainer .......................Spec-7
1.12.3 Installing the Machine where the Long Cassette Is to Be Used .....Spec-7
1.12.4 Using the Supporter .......................................................................Spec-8
1.13 Disposal .................................................................................... Spec-9
1.13.1 Disposal of IP .................................................................................Spec-9
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.5
0.5
Contents Machine Description (MD)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Machine Description (MD)
1. Machine Overview ..................................................MD-1
1.1 Features ......................................................................................MD-1
1.2 System Configuration ...................................................................MD-1
1.3 Overall Machine Configuration and Component Names ................MD-2
1.3.1 External View of Machine .................................................................... MD-2
1.3.2 Nomenclature and Functions .............................................................. MD-2
1.3.3 Operation Panel Display Screen Contents .......................................... MD-3
1.4 Machine Components ..................................................................MD-4
1.4.1 Unit Locations ...................................................................................... MD-4
1.4.2 Roller Locations and Conveyance Paths ............................................ MD-4
1.5 I/O Locations and Functional Descriptions ....................................MD-5
1.5.1 Cassette Set Unit - 1 ........................................................................... MD-5
1.5.2 Cassette Set Unit - 2 ........................................................................... MD-6
1.5.3 Cassette Set Unit - 3 ........................................................................... MD-7
1.5.4 Cassette Set Unit - 4 ........................................................................... MD-8
1.5.5 Subscanning Unit - 1 ........................................................................... MD-9
1.5.6 Subscanning Unit - 2 ......................................................................... MD-10
1.5.7 Housing ..............................................................................................MD-11
1.6 Board Locations .........................................................................MD-12
1.6.1 Housing ............................................................................................. MD-12
1.6.2 Erasure Unit ...................................................................................... MD-12
1.6.3 Scanning Optics Unit ......................................................................... MD-13
1.6.4 Light-Collecting Unit .......................................................................... MD-13
1.6.5 Subscanning Unit .............................................................................. MD-13
2. Descriptions of Software Control .......................MD-14
2.1 Data Flow between RU and Console ..........................................MD-14
2.1.1 Data Flow during Routine Processing ............................................... MD-14
2.1.2 Flow of Network Setting Data ............................................................ MD-14
2.2 ErrorHandling ............................................................................MD-15
2.3 What Is Sleep Mode? .................................................................MD-15
2.4 RU Bootup Processing ...............................................................MD-16
2.5 RU Termination Processing ........................................................MD-16
3. Descriptions of Electrical Operations ................MD-17
3.1 Power Supply Voltage Output Detection Function .......................MD-17
3.1.1 Driver Circuits Incorporating the Overcurrent Protection Circuit 
and the Components to Be Protected ............................................... MD-17
3.1.2 Fuses and the Components to Be Protected .................................... MD-17
3.1.3 Overcurrent Protection Circuit Block Diagram ................................... MD-18
3.2 Erasure Unit Control ...................................................................MD-19
3.3 LEDs on the SND27A Board and the CPU63A Board .................MD-20
3.3.1 LEDs on the SND27A Board ............................................................. MD-20
3.3.2 LEDs on the CPU63A Board ............................................................. MD-21
3.4 Checking the Voltage .................................................................MD-22
3.4.1 Checking the Voltage of the PIF63A Board / 
Alfha II Power Source ........................................................................ MD-22
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.6
0.6
Contents Machine Description (MD)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4. Descriptions of Scanner Mechanism and 
Its Operation .........................................................MD-23
4.1 Scanner Controller Unit Operation Sequence .............................MD-23
4.2 Correction Data ..........................................................................MD-24
4.3 Image Data Flow ........................................................................MD-25
4.4 Error Detection/Processing Subsystem ......................................MD-26
5. Descriptions of Mechanical Components 
and Their Operations ...........................................MD-27
5.1 IP Conveyance Flow ..................................................................MD-27
5.2 Cassette Set Unit .......................................................................MD-28
5.2.1 Feed Conveyance Operation ............................................................ MD-28
5.2.2 Load Conveyance Operation ............................................................. MD-32
5.3 Erasure Unit ...............................................................................MD-35
5.3.1 IP Dust Removal by Brush Rollers and Cleaning the Brush Roller ... MD-36
5.4 Subscanning Unit .......................................................................MD-37
5.4.1 IP Reading ......................................................................................... MD-37
5.4.2 Gripping Operation for IP Reading .................................................... MD-37
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.7
0.7
Contents Troubleshooting (MT)
Allegro(CR-IR 356)J-Only E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Troubleshooting (MT)
1. Overview of Troubleshooting ................................ MT-1
1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting .............................................................MT-1
1.2 Troubleshooting from Error Log .................................................MT-2
1.2.1 Checking the Error Log .....................................................................MT-2
1.2.2 Determining the Error Code of the Encountered Trouble ..................MT-3
1.2.3 Analysis on the Error Code Table ......................................................MT-4
1.3 Turning OFF the High-Voltage Switch ........................................MT-6
2. Error Code Table .................................................... MT-7
3. Abnormal Images ................................................. MT-80
3.1 Troubleshooting Abnormal Images ...........................................MT-80
Contents Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts (MC)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.8
0.8014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Checks, Replacement and Adjustment 
of Parts (MC)
1. Check/Adjustment Procedures for Each Unit ......MC-1
1.1 Precautions for Check, Replacement, and Adjustment .................MC-1
1.2 Types of Screws ..........................................................................MC-1
1.3 Checking the Protective Grounding ..............................................MC-1
1.4 Handling Parts Containing Hazardous Substance .........................MC-1
1.5 Checking the High-Voltage Switch and Image ..............................MC-1
2. Table of Contents ...................................................MC-2
3. Cover .......................................................................MC-4
3.1 Cover ...........................................................................................MC-4
3.2 Plate ............................................................................................MC-5
4. Housing Unit ...........................................................MC-6
4.1 Alpha II Power Supply ..................................................................MC-6
4.2 PIF63A Board ..............................................................................MC-8
4.3 CPU Board ..................................................................................MC-9
4.3.1 Replacement Procedures .................................................................... MC-9
4.3.2 Machine Data Backup ......................................................................... MC-9
4.3.3 Replacing the CPU Board ..................................................................MC-11
4.3.4 Setting the IP Addresses of the RU ................................................... MC-13
4.3.5 Updating the RU Software Version .................................................... MC-18
4.3.6 Installing the HR Reading Option Key ............................................... MC-21
4.3.7 Restoring the Machine Data .............................................................. MC-22
4.3.8 Confirming the S Value ...................................................................... MC-23
4.3.9 S Value Correction/LED Initialize ....................................................... MC-23
4.4 SND Board ................................................................................MC-24
4.5 Antistatic Member ......................................................................MC-25
4.6 IP Sensor (SG1) .........................................................................MC-26
4.7 Main Power Switch Assembly ....................................................MC-27
4.8 Main Power Switch and the Power Supply Inlet ..........................MC-28
4.9 Operation Panel Assembly .........................................................MC-29
4.10 LAN Cover .................................................................................MC-31
5. Cassette Set Unit ..................................................MC-32
5.1 Cassette Set Unit .......................................................................MC-32
5.2 Dust-Tight Cover Assembly ........................................................MC-35
5.3 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1) .........MC-37
5.4 Cable Junction Bracket ..............................................................MC-38
5.5 Shutter Drive Arm ......................................................................MC-39
5.6 Spur Gear (Reference Side) .......................................................MC-40
5.7 Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side) ........................................MC-41
5.8 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly ............................................MC-42
5.9 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly Driving Shaft .......................MC-44
5.10 Shutter Assembly .......................................................................MC-465.11 Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12) .............................MC-48
5.12 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear ......................MC-49
5.13 Cassette Hold Release Arm .......................................................MC-50
5.14 Cassette IP Holding Arm ............................................................MC-51
5.15 Cassette Inlet Guide Assembly ...................................................MC-53
5.16 Cassette Ejection Sensor (SA11) ...............................................MC-54
5.17 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Motor (MA2) ..........MC-55
5.18 IP Suction Link Mechanism ........................................................MC-56
Contents Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts (MC)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.9
0.9014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.19 Suction Arm Driving Motor (MA3) ...............................................MC-58
5.20 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly Driving Shaft .........................MC-59
5.21 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly .............................................MC-61
5.22 Hose ..........................................................................................MC-63
5.23 IP Air Leak Valve Assembly (SVA1/SVA2) ..................................MC-64
5.24 IP Suction Pump (PA1) ...............................................................MC-65
5.25 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Emitting Side) ...........................MC-66
5.26 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Receiving Side) ........................MC-67
5.27 Guide .........................................................................................MC-68
5.28 Suction Cup ...............................................................................MC-69
5.29 IP Transport Motor (MA4) ...........................................................MC-71
5.30 Side-Positioning Transport Roller Driving Gear ...........................MC-72
5.31 Side-Positioning Transport Rollers (A) and (B) ............................MC-73
5.32 Actuator Assembly .....................................................................MC-76
5.33 Suction Arm HP Sensor (SA6)....................................................MC-77
5.34 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism HP Sensor (SA7) .............MC-78
5.35 "15x30 Cassette" Identifying Sensor (SA9) ................................MC-79
5.36 Solenoid (SOLA1) and Cassette Hold Sensor (SA2) ..................MC-80
5.37 Movable Guide Assembly ...........................................................MC-82
5.38 “15x30 Cassette” Movable Guide Assembly ...............................MC-84
5.39 IP Suction Arm ...........................................................................MC-85
5.40 IP Suction Link Shaft ..................................................................MC-87
5.41 Debris Fall Prevention Shutter Assembly ....................................MC-88
5.42 Guide Plates (A) and (B) ............................................................MC-90
6. Erasure Unit ..........................................................MC-92
6.1 Erasure Unit ...............................................................................MC-92
6.2 Reflection Plate ..........................................................................MC-94
6.3 Brush Roller Assembly ...............................................................MC-96
6.4 Brush Roller ...............................................................................MC-97
6.5 Filter ..........................................................................................MC-99
6.6 Lamp Assembly ....................................................................... MC-101
7. Light-Collecting Unit ..........................................MC-103
7.1 Light-Collecting Unit .................................................................MC-103
7.2 PMT Board ..............................................................................MC-106
8. Scanning Optics Unit .........................................MC-108
8.1 Scanning Optics Unit ................................................................MC-108
9. Subscanning Unit ...............................................MC-112
9.1 Subscanning Unit ..................................................................... MC-112
9.2 Post-Reading Conveyor Guide Assembly ................................. MC-114
9.3 Kapton® Belt, Flywheel (Reference Side) ................................. MC-115
9.4 Rubber Belt, Flywheel (Opposite Reference Side) .................... MC-116
9.5 Subscanning Motor (MZ1) ........................................................ MC-116
9.6 IP Transport Motor (MC1) ......................................................... MC-117
9.7 Grip Release/Dust Remove Motor (MC2) ................................. MC-117
9.8 IP Leading-Edge Sensor (SZ1) ................................................. MC-118
9.9 Light-Collecting Shaft 
(Light-Collecting Mirror, Antistatic Member) ............................... MC-119
9.10 Rubber Roller (A, B) ................................................................. MC-121
Contents Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts (MC)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.10
0.10014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
9.11 Rubber Roller (C, D).................................................................MC-123
9.12 Rubber Roller (E) .....................................................................MC-125
9.13 Conveyor Guide Assembly .......................................................MC-128
9.14 Rubber Roller (F) .....................................................................MC-129
9.15 Grip Release Arm .....................................................................MC-130
9.16 Subscanning Grip Motor (MZ2) and 
Subscanning Grip Sensor (SZ2) ............................................... MC-131
9.17 Subscanning Grip Assembly .....................................................MC-133
9.18 IP Sensor (SC3) .......................................................................MC-135
9.19 "15x30/24x30 IP Width" Identifying Sensor (SC9) ....................MC-136
9.20 Driven Shaft Grip Roller (Upper) ...............................................MC-137
9.21 Driven Shaft Grip Roller (Lower) ...............................................MC-139
9.22 Driving Shaft Grip Roller (Lower) .............................................. MC-141
9.23 Driving Shaft Grip Roller (Upper) ..............................................MC-143
9.24 Center Roller ............................................................................MC-145
10. Replacing the Fuses and Fuse Locations ........MC-147
10.1 Fuse Classification and Replacement Procedures ....................MC-147
10.2 CPU Board Fuses ....................................................................MC-148
10.3 SND Board Fuses ....................................................................MC-148
10.4 PIF63A Board Fuses ................................................................MC-149
11. List of Jigs and Tools .........................................MC-150
11.1 Jigs and Tools ..........................................................................MC-150
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.11
0.11
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Maintenance Utility (MU)
1. Overview of RU Service Utility ..............................MU-1
1.1 Tree of RU Service Utility .............................................................MU-1
1.2 RU Operation Panel .....................................................................MU-1
1.3 Method of Menu Selection in Respective Modes ..........................MU-2
1.3.1 Description of Buttons ......................................................................... MU-2
1.3.2 Procedures for Menu Selection ........................................................... MU-3
1.4 Method of Setting the Addresses ..................................................MU-4
1.4.1 Description of Buttons .........................................................................MU-4
1.4.2 Procedures for Changing the Address ................................................ MU-5
2. User Utility ..............................................................MU-6
2.1 Overview of User Utility ................................................................MU-6
2.2 Starting and Exiting the User Utility ...............................................MU-8
2.2.1 Starting the User Utility ........................................................................ MU-8
2.2.2 Exiting the User Utility ......................................................................... MU-8
2.3 Select master IIP console .............................................................MU-8
2.3.1 Function ............................................................................................... MU-8
2.3.2 Procedures .......................................................................................... MU-8
3. Machine Maintenance Utility .................................MU-9
3.1 Tree of Machine Maintenance Utility .............................................MU-9
3.2 Reader Unit IP Address ..............................................................MU-10
3.2.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-10
3.2.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-10
3.3 Subnet Mask .............................................................................. MU-11
3.3.1 Function ..............................................................................................MU-11
3.3.2 Procedures .........................................................................................MU-11
3.4 FTP Server IP Address ..............................................................MU-12
3.4.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-12
3.4.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-12
3.5 Default Gateway ........................................................................MU-13
3.5.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-13
3.5.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-13
3.6 Secure Host ...............................................................................MU-14
3.6.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-14
3.6.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-14
3.7 Secure Net .................................................................................MU-15
3.7.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-15
3.7.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-15
3.8 Network Check ..........................................................................MU-16
3.8.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-16
3.8.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-16
3.9 HV On/Off ..................................................................................MU-17
3.9.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-17
3.9.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-17
3.10 Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance Utility ..................MU-18
3.10.1 Starting the Machine Maintenance Utility during Initialization ........... MU-18
3.10.2 Starting Up the Machine Maintenance Utility during READY State ... MU-19
3.10.3 Exiting the Machine Maintenance Utility ............................................ MU-20
3.10.4 Starting the Machine Maintenance Utility when Error Occurred ........ MU-20
4. RU PC-TOOL .........................................................MU-21
4.1 RU PC-TOOL Main Window and Tree ........................................MU-21
4.1.1 RU PC-TOOL Main Window .............................................................. MU-21
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.12
0.12
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.1.2 Tree Diagram ..................................................................................... MU-21
4.2 Outline of RU PC-TOOL .............................................................MU-22
4.2.1 Display of “Under Maintenance” on the Operation Panel ................. MU-22
4.2.2 RU PC-TOOL Error Screen Display .................................................. MU-23
4.3 LIST OF EXISTING RU ..............................................................MU-24
4.3.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-24
4.4 NEW ..........................................................................................MU-24
4.4.1 Function ............................................................................................ MU-24
4.4.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-24
4.5 DELETE .....................................................................................MU-25
4.5.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-25
4.5.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-25
4.6 MUTL .........................................................................................MU-25
4.6.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-25
4.6.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-25
4.7 PING ..........................................................................................MU-26
4.7.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-26
4.7.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-26
4.8 MON ..........................................................................................MU-27
4.8.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-27
4.8.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-28
4.9 FTP ............................................................................................MU-29
4.9.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-29
4.9.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-29
4.10 INSTALL ....................................................................................MU-30
4.10.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-30
4.10.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-30
4.10.3 Message on the Error Window .......................................................... MU-30
4.11 VERSION UP .............................................................................MU-31
4.11.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-31
4.11.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-31
4.12 EDIT HISTORY ..........................................................................MU-32
4.12.1 Function .............................................................................................MU-32
4.12.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-32
4.12.3 Details of USE ................................................................................... MU-33
4.12.4 Details of IP ....................................................................................... MU-34
4.12.5 Details of BARCODE ......................................................................... MU-35
4.12.6 Details of LASER ............................................................................... MU-36
4.12.7 Details of LAMP ................................................................................. MU-37
4.13 EDIT CONFIGURATION ............................................................MU-38
4.13.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-38
4.13.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-38
4.14 EDIT CL NAME ..........................................................................MU-42
4.14.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-42
4.14.2 Editing/Adding the DX Console as Image Transfer Destination ........ MU-42
4.14.3 Editing the List of Master CL's ........................................................... MU-43
4.14.4 Switching the Master CL .................................................................... MU-44
4.15 BACKUP ....................................................................................MU-45
4.15.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-45
4.15.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-45
4.15.3 Errors That May Occur during BACKUP and 
Their Probable Causes ...................................................................... MU-46
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.13
0.13
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.16 RESTORE .................................................................................MU-47
4.16.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-47
4.16.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-47
4.16.3 Errors That May Occur during RESTORE and 
Their Probable Causes ...................................................................... MU-48
4.17 I/O TRACE EXPERT ..................................................................MU-49
4.17.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-49
4.17.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-50
4.18 ERROR DB ................................................................................MU-51
4.18.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-51
4.18.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-52
4.19 UNINSTALL: ALL RUs ................................................................MU-53
4.19.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-53
4.19.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-53
4.20 VERSION UP: ALL RUs .............................................................MU-55
4.20.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-55
4.20.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-55
4.21 CDPath ......................................................................................MU-57
4.21.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-57
4.21.2 Procedures for Setting "CDPath"....................................................... MU-57
4.21.3 Procedures for Canceling "CDPath" .................................................. MU-58
4.22 Initialize APL ...............................................................................MU-59
4.22.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-59
4.22.2 Procedures ........................................................................................ MU-59
4.23 Starting and Exiting RU PC-TOOL ..............................................MU-60
4.23.1 Starting RU PC-TOOL ....................................................................... MU-60
4.23.2 Exiting RU PC-TOOL ......................................................................... MU-60
5. Client PC ...............................................................MU-61
5.1 Features and Operations of the Client PC ..................................MU-61
5.1.1 Features of the Client PC .................................................................. MU-61
5.1.2 Operations of the Client PC ............................................................... MU-62
5.1.3 Precautions for Using the Client PC .................................................. MU-63
5.1.4 Precautions for Using a Notebook PC without a CD-ROM Drive ...... MU-63
5.1.5 Precautions in Setting the DX Console ............................................. MU-63
5.2 Setting Up the Client PC ............................................................MU-64
5.2.1 Installing CLIENT PC-TOOL from the RU-APL CD-ROM .................. MU-65
5.2.2 Installing CLIENT PC-TOOL on a PC without a CD-ROM Drive ....... MU-66
5.3 Starting CLIENT PC-TOOL .........................................................MU-68
5.4 Client PC Network Setup and Connection Verification ................MU-69
5.5 Preparing/Editing the Hospital List ..............................................MU-71
5.5.1 Registering an RU in the Hospital List ............................................... MU-71
5.5.2 Adding an RU to the Hospital List ..................................................... MU-72
5.5.3 Deleting a Hospital List Entry ............................................................ MU-73
5.5.4 CLIENT PC-TOOL Error Indications .................................................. MU-74
5.6 ON-LINE and OFF-LINE .............................................................MU-75
5.6.1 Difference between ON-LINE and OFF-LINE Operations ................. MU-75
5.6.2 Operation in ON-LINE Mode ............................................................. MU-76
5.6.3 Operation in OFF-LINE Mode ........................................................... MU-77
5.7 Data Flow of Each Command ....................................................MU-78
5.7.1 UPLOAD and DOWNLOAD .............................................................. MU-78
5.7.2 READ and WRITE ............................................................................. MU-78
5.7.3 Import and Export .............................................................................. MU-78
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.14
0.14
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.8 Corrective Procedure to be Performed after 
Improper CLIENT PC-TOOL Installation .....................................MU-79
5.8.1 Solution-1 .......................................................................................... MU-79
5.8.2 Solution-2 .......................................................................................... MU-80
5.9 Updating CLIENT PC-TOOL .......................................................MU-81
5.9.1 Updating CLIENT PC-TOOL from the RU-APL CD-ROM ................. MU-81
5.9.2 Updating CLIENT PC-TOOL from a PC without a CD-ROM Drive .... MU-83
5.10 Checking the DX Console Setupwhen Using the Client PC........MU-86
5.11 Checking the “Internet Options” Setting of the Client PC ............MU-87
6. CLIENT PC-TOOL .................................................MU-88
6.1 CLIENT PC-TOOL Main Window and Tree .................................MU-88
6.1.1 CLIENT PC-TOOL Main Window ...................................................... MU-88
6.1.2 Tree Diagram ..................................................................................... MU-88
6.2 Outline of the CLIENT PC-TOOL ................................................MU-89
6.2.1 Display of “Under Maintenance” on the Operation Panel ................. MU-89
6.2.2 CLIENT PC-TOOL Error Screen Display ........................................... MU-90
6.3 Hospital List ...............................................................................MU-91
6.3.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-91
6.4 NEW RU ....................................................................................MU-92
6.4.1 Function ............................................................................................ MU-92
6.4.2 Registering an RU in the Hospital List ............................................... MU-92
6.4.3 Registering an FTP Server and RU with a Registered Site Name .... MU-94
6.4.4 Registering an RU with a Registered FTP Server ............................. MU-96
6.5 DELETE .....................................................................................MU-98
6.5.1 Function ............................................................................................. MU-98
6.5.2 Deleting an RU Only .......................................................................... MU-98
6.5.3 Deleting an FTP Server ..................................................................... MU-99
6.5.4 Deleting a Site ................................................................................... MU-99
6.5.5 Deleting the Entire Tree Information ................................................ MU-100
6.6 COPY ...................................................................................... MU-101
6.6.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-101
6.6.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-101
6.7 RENAME .................................................................................MU-103
6.7.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-103
6.7.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-103
6.8 GET VERSION ........................................................................MU-104
6.8.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-104
6.8.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-104
6.9 MUTL .......................................................................................MU-105
6.9.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-105
6.9.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-105
6.10 PING ........................................................................................MU-106
6.10.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-106
6.10.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-106
6.11 MON ........................................................................................MU-107
6.11.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-107
6.11.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-108
6.12 FTP .......................................................................................... MU-110
6.12.1 Function ............................................................................................MU-110
6.12.2 Procedures .......................................................................................MU-110
6.13 VERSION UP ............................................................................MU-111
6.13.1 Function ............................................................................................MU-111
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.15
0.15
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
6.13.2 Procedures .......................................................................................MU-111
6.14 EDIT HISTORY ........................................................................ MU-112
6.14.1 Function ............................................................................................MU-112
6.14.2 Procedures .......................................................................................MU-112
6.15 EDIT CONFIGURATION .......................................................... MU-114
6.15.1 Function ............................................................................................MU-114
6.15.2 Procedures .......................................................................................MU-114
6.16 EDIT CL NAME ........................................................................ MU-116
6.16.1 Function ............................................................................................MU-116
6.16.2 Editing/Adding the DX Console as Image Transfer Destination .......MU-116
6.16.3 Editing the List of Master CL's ..........................................................MU-118
6.16.4 Switching the Master CL ...................................................................MU-119
6.17 I/O TRACE EXPERT ................................................................MU-120
6.17.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-120
6.17.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-121
6.18 ERROR DB ..............................................................................MU-122
6.18.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-122
6.18.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-123
6.19 READ ......................................................................................MU-124
6.19.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-124
6.19.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-124
6.20 WRITE .....................................................................................MU-126
6.20.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-126
6.20.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-126
6.21 UPLOAD ..................................................................................MU-128
6.21.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-128
6.21.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-128
6.21.3 Errors that may Occur during UPLOAD and 
their Probable Causes ..................................................................... MU-129
6.22 DOWNLOAD ...........................................................................MU-130
6.22.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-130
6.22.2 Procedures ......................................................................................MU-130
6.22.3 Errors that may Occur during DOWNLOAD and 
their Probable Causes ..................................................................... MU-131
6.23 CDPath ....................................................................................MU-132
6.23.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-132
6.23.2 Procedures for Setting "CDPath"..................................................... MU-132
6.23.3 Procedures for Canceling "CDPath" ................................................ MU-133
6.23.4 Verifying the "CDPath" Setting ........................................................ MU-134
6.24 Export ......................................................................................MU-135
6.24.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-135
6.24.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-135
6.25 Import ......................................................................................MU-136
6.25.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-136
6.25.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-136
6.26 OnLine .....................................................................................MU-137
6.26.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-137
6.26.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-137
6.27 Network ...................................................................................MU-138
6.27.1 Function ........................................................................................... MU-138
6.27.2 Procedures ...................................................................................... MU-138
6.28 Starting and Exiting CLIENT PC-TOOL ....................................MU-139
6.28.1 Starting CLIENT PC-TOOL from the CD-ROM (Setup PC-TOOL) .... MU-139
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.16
0.16
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
6.28.2 Starting CLIENT PC-TOOL from a Client PC Window .................... MU-140
6.28.3 Exiting CLIENT PC-TOOL ............................................................... MU-140
7. MUTL (Maintenance Utility) Functions .............MU-141
7.1 Tree of MUTL ........................................................................... MU-141
7.2 Starting and Exiting the MUTL ..................................................MU-143
7.2.1 Starting up the MUTL from the RU PC-TOOL ................................. MU-143
7.2.2 Starting up the MUTL from the CLIENT PC-TOOL .......................... MU-144
7.2.3 Exiting the MUTL ............................................................................. MU-145
7.3 Details of MUTL .......................................................................MU-146
[1] Conveyance Check ......................................................................... MU-146
[1-1] Conveyance Setting ........................................................................ MU-148
[1-2] Processing Mode Setting ................................................................ MU-148
[1-3] Number of Conveyance Setting ...................................................... MU-148
[2] Board Check .................................................................................... MU-149
[2-1] CPU Board Setting Display ............................................................. MU-149
[2-2] Panel Check .................................................................................... MU-150
[2-2-1] PANEL LED On/Off .......................................................................... MU-150
[2-2-2] BUZZER On/Off ............................................................................... MU-150
[3] Software Check ............................................................................... MU-151
[3-1] Ver. Display ..................................................................................... MU-151
[3-2] MAC Address Display ...................................................................... MU-151
[4] Virtual Image Check ........................................................................ MU-152
[4-1] LED Virtual Read ............................................................................. MU-152
[4-2] PMT Virtual Read ............................................................................ MU-153
[5] Scanner Check ................................................................................ MU-154
[5-1] Polygon Mortor ................................................................................ MU-154
[5-2] Laser ............................................................................................... MU-154
[5-3] HV Diagnostic .................................................................................. MU-155
[5-3-1] HV Setting/Diagnostic ..................................................................... MU-155
[5-4] Format Adjustment .......................................................................... MU-156
[5-4-1] Manual Adjustment (FREQ) ............................................................ MU-156
[5-4-2] Manual Adjustment (Pixel) ............................................................... MU-158
[5-4-3] Manual Adjustment (Line) ................................................................ MU-160
[5-4-4] Manual Adjustment (IP Pixel) .......................................................... MU-162
[5-4-5] Default Setting (FREQ) ................................................................... MU-164
[5-4-6] Default Setting (Pixel) ...................................................................... MU-164
[5-4-7] Optic Setting (FREQ) ...................................................................... MU-164
[5-4-8] Optic Setting (Pixel) ......................................................................... MU-164
[5-5] Correction ........................................................................................ MU-165
[5-5-1] Shading/Sensitivity Correction (ST) ................................................ MU-165
[5-5-2] Shading Correction (HR) ................................................................. MU-166
[5-5-3] Shading Speed Correction (HR Speed) .......................................... MU-167
[5-5-4] Shading Speed Correction (ST(GR)) .............................................. MU-168
[5-5-5] Sensitivity Correction (ST) ............................................................... MU-169
[5-5-6] Sensitivity Correction (HR) .............................................................. MU-170
[5-5-7] Special Sensitivity Correction .......................................................... MU-171
[5-5-8] Sensitivity S-Value Correction ......................................................... MU-176
[5-6] Trouble Shooting ............................................................................. MU-177
[5-6-1] Shading Correction .......................................................................... MU-177
[5-7] HV ON/OFF ..................................................................................... MU-177
[5-8] S Value ............................................................................................ MU-178
[5-8-1] S value now ..................................................................................... MU-178
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.17
0.17
Contents Maintenance Utility (MU)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
[5-8-2] S value calculate ............................................................................. MU-178
[5-8-3] PMT/LightGuide change > LED Initialize ......................................... MU-179
[6] For Design .......................................................................................MU-180
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.18
0.18
Contents Service Parts List (SP)
E-Only
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6149
Service Parts List (SP)
How to Use Service Parts List .................................................................SP-1
INDEX SP-2
01A COVER 1 ......................................................................................SP-3
01B COVER 2 ......................................................................................SP-4
02 FRAME .........................................................................................SP-5
03A CASSETTE SET UNIT 1 ...............................................................SP-6
03B CASSETTE SET UNIT 2 ...............................................................SP-7
03C CASSETTE SET UNIT 3 ...............................................................SP-8
03D CASSETTE SET UNIT 4 ...............................................................SP-9
03E CASSETTE SET UNIT 5 .............................................................SP-10
03F CASSETTE SET UNIT 6 ............................................................. SP-11
03G CASSETTE SET UNIT 7 .............................................................SP-12
03H CASSETTE SET UNIT 8 .............................................................SP-13
03I CASSETTE SET UNIT 9 .............................................................SP-14
03J CASSETTE SET UNIT 10 ...........................................................SP-15
03K CASSETTE SET UNIT 11 ...........................................................SP-16
03L CASSETTE SET UNIT 12 ...........................................................SP-17
03M CASSETTE SET UNIT 13 ...........................................................SP-18
04A ERASURE UNIT 1 ......................................................................SP-19
04B ERASURE UNIT 2 ......................................................................SP-20
05 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ..........................................................SP-21
06 LIGHT-COLLECTING UNIT .........................................................SP-22
07A SUB SCANNING UNIT 1 .............................................................SP-23
07B SUB SCANNING UNIT 2 .............................................................SP-24
07C SUB SCANNING UNIT 3 .............................................................SP-25
07D SUB SCANNING UNIT 4 .............................................................SP-26
07E SUB SCANNING UNIT 5 .............................................................SP-27
07F SUB SCANNING UNIT 6 .............................................................SP-28
07G SUB SCANNING UNIT 7 .............................................................SP-29
07H SUB SCANNING UNIT 8 .............................................................SP-30
07I SUB SCANNING UNIT 9 .............................................................SP-31
07J SUB SCANNING UNIT 10 ...........................................................SP-32
07K SUB SCANNING UNIT 11 ...........................................................SP-33
08 CONTROLLER ...........................................................................SP-34
09 OPTION ......................................................................................SP-35
10 CABLE ........................................................................................SP-36
11 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ....................................................................SP-37
12 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE ...................................................SP-40
13 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring ...............................SP-42
Contents Preventive Maintenance (PM)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.19
0.19014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Preventive Maintenance (PM)
1. How to Use the Preventive Maintenance Section ...PM-1
1.1 Preventive Maintenance Program List....................................... PM-2
1.2 Preventive Maintenance Program when the Machine 
Has Been Used for 1 Year, 3 Years and 5 Years, or when 
a Process Counts of 6,000, 18,000 or 30,000 Is Reached ......... PM-4
1.3 Preventive Maintenance Program when the Machine 
Has Been Used for 2 Years and 4 Years, or 
when a Process Counts of 12,000 or 24,000 Is Reached .......... PM-5
2. Details of Maintenance Procedures ......................PM-6
2.1 Backing Up the Log .................................................................. PM-6
2.2 Checking the Error Log ............................................................. PM-7
2.3 Checking the Erasure Lamp Lighting Time ................................ PM-8
3. Checking the Image/Conveyance .........................PM-9
4. Pulling Out the Machine ......................................PM-10
5. Removing the Covers/Plates ...............................PM-12
5.1 Removing the Covers/Plates (1st/3rd/5th Years) ......................PM-12
5.2 Removing the Covers/Plates (2nd/4th Years) ...........................PM-12
6. Turning Off the High-Voltage Switch ..................PM-12
7. Cassette Set Unit ..................................................PM-13
7.1 Removing the Erasure Unit ......................................................PM-13
7.2 Removing the Cassette Set Unit ..............................................PM-13
7.3 Cleaning the Roller (Small) ......................................................PM-13
7.4 Cleaning the Suction Cups ......................................................PM-14
7.5 Cleaning the Rubber Rollers ....................................................PM-14
7.6 Cleaning the Antistatic Member and Shutter ............................PM-15
7.7 Cleaning Inside the Machine and the Antistatic Member of 
the Housing Unit ......................................................................PM-15
7.8 Reinstalling the Cassette Set Unit ............................................PM-16
7.9 Cleaning and Reinstalling the Top Cover Assembly ..................PM-16
8. Erasure Unit ..........................................................PM-17
8.1 Cleaning the Filter ....................................................................PM-17
8.2 Replacing the Filter ..................................................................PM-17
8.3 Cleaning the Brush Roller ........................................................PM-18
8.4	 Cleaning	the	Reflection	Plate ...................................................PM-18
8.5 Reinstalling the Erasure Unit ....................................................PM-19
9. Light-Collecting Guide .........................................PM-20
9.1 Removing the Post-Reading Conveyor Guide Assembly ......... PM-20
9.2 Removing the Light-Collecting Unit ......................................... PM-20
9.3 Cleaning the Light-Collecting Guide ........................................ PM-20
9.4 Reinstalling the Light-Colleting Unit ......................................... PM-20
9.5 Reinstalling the Post-Reading Conveyance Guide Assembly ... PM-20
10. Turning ON the High-Voltage Switch ..................PM-21
11. Reinstalling the Covers and the Plates ..............PM-21
11.1 Cleaning and Reinstalling the Covers (1st/3rd/5th Years) .........PM-21
11.2 Cleaning and Reinstalling the Covers (2nd/4th Years) ..............PM-21
12. Securing the Machine ..........................................PM-22
Contents Preventive Maintenance (PM)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.20
0.20014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
13. Checking for Improper Protective Grounding ...PM-22
14. Checking the Image/Conveyance .......................PM-22
15.	Confirming	the	S	Value ........................................PM-23
16. Checking the Error Log .......................................PM-23
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.21
0.21
Contents Installation (IN)
E-Only
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Installation (IN)
1. Specifications of Machine .......................................IN-1
1.1 Dimensions and Weight .................................................................IN-1
1.2 Means for Moving and Fixing the Machine ...................................... IN-1
1.3 Servicing Space .............................................................................IN-2
1.3.1 Retaining with the Adjustable Feet ..................................................... IN-2
1.3.2 Retaining the Machine by the Anti-Topple Retainer ........................... IN-3
1.3.3 Installing the Machine at a User’s Site where 
Long Cassettes are Used ................................................................... IN-3
1.3.4 Using the Supporter ........................................................................... IN-4
2. Installation Work Flowchart ....................................IN-5
3. Preparation for Installation ......................................IN-6
3.1 Precautions Regarding Installation .................................................IN-6
3.1.1 Installation Site Requirements ........................................................... IN-6
3.1.2 Precautions on Patient Environment .................................................. IN-6
3.1.3 Handling Precautions for Printed Circuit Boards and Optical Unit ..........IN-6
3.1.4 Precautions for System Connection ................................................... IN-6
3.2 Unloading .......................................................................................IN-7
3.3 Transfer ....................................................................................... IN-17
3.4 Temporary Placement .................................................................. IN-17
3.5 Checking the Items Supplied ........................................................ IN-18
4. Installation Procedures ..........................................IN-19
4.1 Removing the Transportation Protective Member ......................... IN-19
5. Connecting the Cables ..........................................IN-20
5.1 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking Resistance Value ...... IN-20
5.2 Connecting the Interface Cable ....................................................IN-22
6. Final Placement ......................................................IN-23
6.1 Securing the Machine ...................................................................IN-23
6.2 Securing the Cable .......................................................................IN-24
7. DX Console Installation Procedures ....................IN-24
8. Installing RU Software ...........................................IN-25
8.1 Starting the Machine Maintenance Utility ...................................... IN-25
8.2 Setting the RU IP Address ............................................................IN-26
8.3 Setting the FTP Server IP Address ............................................... IN-27
8.4 Checking the Connection with the DX Console ............................. IN-29
8.5 Installing the RU PC-TOOL ..........................................................IN-30
8.6 Installing RU Software ..................................................................IN-32
8.7 Installation of the 50 Micron Upgrade Kit ...................................... IN-37
9. Image/Conveyance Checks ...................................IN-39
9.1 Check Before Procedures ............................................................IN-39
9.2 Image/Conveyance Checks .........................................................IN-40
10. Confirming the S Value ..........................................IN-42
10.1 Confirming the S Value of IP Type ST ..........................................IN-42
10.2 Confirming the S Value of IP Type HR ..........................................IN-44
11. Backing Up the Scanner Data ...............................IN-47
12. Powering OFF the DX Console/RU .......................IN-47
13. Cleaning the DX Console/RU ................................IN-48
14. Exposure Marker Instruction Label ......................IN-48
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.22
0.22
Contents Installation (IN)
E-Only
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Appendix 1. ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE 
GROUNDING ..................................Appx IN-1
Appendix 2. Securing the Machine with 
the Anti-Topple Retainer ...............Appx IN-2
1. Components of Anti-Topple Retainer Kit ................................Appx IN-2
2. Securing the Machine with the Anti-Topple Retainer ..............Appx IN-3
Appendix 3 Assembling and Securing 
the Supporter ...............................Appx IN-12
1. Components of the Supporter .............................................Appx IN-12
2. Assembling the Supporter ...................................................Appx IN-14
3. Attachment of the Options ...................................................Appx IN-18
3.1 Mounting the Arm ....................................................................Appx IN-18
3.2 Mounting the Base ..................................................................Appx IN-20
3.3 Mounting the Cassette Rack ...................................................Appx IN-21
4. Securing the Machine ..........................................................Appx IN-22
5. Securing the Supporter .......................................................Appx IN-26
5.1 Floor/Wall Conditions and Fixing Method in 
Respective Fixing Modes .......................................................Appx IN-27
5.2 Nothing ....................................................................................Appx IN-28
5.3 Fixing the Supporter to the Floor .............................................Appx IN-29
5.4 Fixing the Supporter to the Wall ..............................................Appx IN-32
5.5 Fixing the Supporter to the Wall via 
the Wall-Retaining Fitting (Long Type) ....................................Appx IN-34
5.6 Fixing the Supporter to the Wall via Anchor Nuts ....................Appx IN-36
5.7 Securing the Machine 
(when the Supporter has been Fixed) .....................................Appx IN-39
6. Applying the Seal ................................................................Appx IN-43
7. Nothing ...............................................................................Appx IN-43
8. Nothing ...............................................................................Appx IN-44
Appendix 4. Setting the Master CL ..................Appx IN-45
1. Additionally Registering the Master CL 
(Procedures on the CL1) .....................................................Appx IN-45
2. Registering the RU (Procedures on the CL2).......................Appx IN-48
3. Registering the Machine Information 
(CONNECTING EQUIPMENT) ............................................Appx IN-49
4. Saving Configuration and Exiting Service Utility ...................Appx IN-49
5. Verifying Switching of Master CL .........................................Appx IN-50
Appendix 5. Changing the RU's IP Address ...Appx IN-52
1. Starting the machine Maintenance Utility .............................Appx IN-52
2. Setting the RU IP Address ...................................................Appx IN-52
3. Setting the FTP Server IP address ......................................Appx IN-52
Appendix 6. Reinstalling the RU Software .....Appx IN-53
1. Deleting an Installed RU ......................................................Appx IN-53
2. Reinstalling the RU Software ...............................................Appx IN-53
Appendix 7. Installing the RU Software ..........Appx IN-54
1. Verifying the connection to the DX Console .........................Appx IN-54
2. Installing the RU PC-TOOL .................................................Appx IN-54
3. Installing the RU Software ...................................................Appx IN-54
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.23
0.23
Contents Installation (IN)
E-Only
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Appendix 8. Corrective Procedure to be 
Performed after Improper 
RU PC-TOOL Installation ............Appx IN-55
1. Corrective Procedure 1 .......................................................AppxIN-55
2. Corrective Procedure 2 .......................................................Appx IN-56
Appendix 9. Installing the Mobile Kit ..............Appx IN-57
1. Components of the Mobile Kit .............................................Appx IN-57
2. Attaching the Tape .............................................................Appx IN-57
3. Installing the Anti-Topple Retainer Kit ...................................Appx IN-58
Appendix 10. Uninstallation of the 50 Micron 
Upgrade Kit ..................................Appx IN-59
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.24
0.24
Contents Performance Check (PC)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Performance Check (PC)
CR-IR 359 Performance Check List ............................ PC-1
Installation Information ............................................................................PC-1
Checklist .................................................................................................PC-1
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.25
0.25
Contents Performance Check (PC)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
0.26
0.26
Contents Performance Check (PC)
Allegro-HR(CR-IR 359)
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359)E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Safety Precaution
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
05.31.2013 01 New release (FM6150) All pages
01.31.2014 02 Corrections (FM8222) 7-10
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-1
Safety-1
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
n Optical Parts
l When servicing the optical parts with the protective housings removed, be sure 
to turn OFF the power switch.
l Never remove the scanning optics unit covers.
l For dust removal procedures, observe the instructions described in the service 
manual.
l Some high-voltage parts, such as the photomultiplier, may not be sufficiently 
discharged even after power is turned OFF. When servicing such parts, exercise 
due care to avoid electric shock hazards (not to touch the connector and terminal 
carelessly).
l Before removing the protective housings, be sure to turn OFF the high-voltage 
switch (HV switch). If the machine is powered ON with any of the protective 
housings removed, the photomultiplier will be damaged.
n Handling Parts Containing Hazardous Substance
When handling parts containing a hazardous substance, such as the operation panel, 
the photomultiplier and the erasure lamp, fully exercise care in handling. The hazardous 
substance may leak from the inside of a broken part.
n Other Working Precautions
l When performing servicing procedures with the protective housings removed 
under the powered condition, turn OFF the high-voltage switch (HV switch). 
Carefully proceed with the procedures while checking the instructions described 
in the service manual, and, when the procedures are completed, put the removed 
protective housings back exactly where they were.
l Do not remove or install any part or component while the machine is powered, 
because of possible electric shock hazards.
l When performing checks or adjustments under the powered condition, exercise 
due care against electric shock or other hazards.
l Do not touch the parts (such as erasure lamps) that remain at high temperature 
because you may suffer burns.
l When servicing the scanning optics unit and printed circuit boards, be sure to 
wear an antistatic wristband to remove static electricity built on the human body. 
Static electricity may cause damage to the printed circuit boards.
l Secure the machine onto the floor in place by use of its adjustable feet or 
retainers.
l Keep clean the product labels, safety standards labels, product serial number 
indications, and so forth attached on the machine, and do not peel them or put 
another label over them.
l Before powering ON the machine after completion of the servicing procedures, 
make sure that all the parts, screws, connectors, and so forth that were removed 
have been reinstalled as appropriate, and that no tool is left in the machine.
n Grounding
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional 
protective ground wire connections and securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain 
safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are 
restored to states existing upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored 
to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify 
that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
1. Safety Precautions
Warnings and cautions regarding the procedures should be observed to avoid possible 
physical hazards and serious accidents that may occur during installation and servicing.
Labels that describe relevant precautions are attached on the machine.
The instructions on such labels should also be observed during procedures.
1.1 General Precautions
WARNING
- No modification of this equipment is allowed.
- Exceeded US Deviation limit, however instructions provided in operation and service 
manuals instructing user to connect unit to center-tapped, 240V, single phase circuit.
n Power Supply
Unless otherwise instructed in the Service Manual, be sure to turn OFF the power of the 
machine and unplug the power plug before servicing. With the power plug still plugged, you 
may experience electric shock, burn, or secondary damage due to short circuit even when 
the machine is powered OFF. It should be noted, however, that some servicing procedures, 
such as voltage measurement, cannot be performed under power-OFF condition. In such 
cases, use due care to avoid electric shock, burn, or secondary damage due to short circuit, 
as instructed in this manual.
- Do not connect any unspecified device.
- Ensure sufficient space around the power plug or the inlet.
n Drive Mechanism
Be sure to turn OFF the power before servicing the gears, cams, belts, and other drive 
mechanism parts. Otherwise, your body or clothing may be entangled.
However, there may be cases where the procedures cannot be performed under power-OFF 
condition. In such cases, use due care to avoid entanglement of your hand, foot, hairs, and 
clothing with any rotating mechanism, as instructed in this manual.
n Heavy Objects
Exercise due care regarding your working posture to avoid back pain during removal and 
installation of heavy objects.
n Safety Devices
Safety devices (such as fuses, circuit breakers, panels, and covers) should always be 
enabled. Never attempt to make any alteration or modification that may impair their safety 
features.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-2
Safety-2
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation
As indicated in the certification and indication label attached on the right-hand side cover of 
the machine, the machine complies with “Laser Products - Conformance with IEC 60825-1, 
Am. 2 and IEC 60601-2-22; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)” and 
“EN60825-1 (Amendment 2).” The image reader incorporates a laser with a maximum output 
of 50 mW (Class 3B, semiconductor laser wavelength of 660 nm, red visible light), but you 
will not be exposed to any hazard if you perform tasks as instructed in the service manual.
n Precautions Against Laser Exposure
Observe the following precautions to avoid laser exposure.
l Procedures that require precautions against laser exposure
When performing the following procedures, observe the instructions exactly as described in 
this manual to avoid laser exposure. After the procedures are completed, put the removed 
protective housings and screws back exactly in their original position to prevent leakage of 
a laser beam out of the machine.
- Removal and reinstallation of the scanning optics unit.
- Replacement and cleaning of subscanningunit parts.
l Preventive maintenance for keeping the machine in compliance
In order to keep the machine in compliance, perform preventive maintenance programs 
described in "Preventive Maintenance Volume" at intervals specified.
l Things that should not be done to avoid laser exposure
Observe the following precautions to avoid laser exposure.
- Never attempt to perform procedures other than instructed in this manual because you may 
be exposed to laser beam radiation.
- Do not reflect a laser beam by placing a mirror or the like in the laser beam path.
- Do not alter the light path of a laser beam.
- Do not replace optical parts while the laser is energized.
- Do not attempt to make optical axis adjustment in the field. Although the semiconductor 
laser beam is red visible light, field adjustment of the optical axis cannot be done.
1.3 Precautions on Patient Environment
Before the machine is installed, the supervisor at the machine installation site (the hospital’s 
director) should check to see whether the machine is installed in the patient environment or 
not.
n Additional Protective Grounding
When the RU is to be installed in the patient environment, connect the RU with the medical 
use grounding terminal through the additional protective grounding wire. Definition of "patient 
environment" is given below.
l Patient environment
Patient environment is the area for the patient to receive medical procedures (treatment, 
tests, diagnosis, monitoring). It is the space measuring 2.5 m in all four directions and 2.5 m 
in height from the area of the patient’s body.
It excludes the space traveled by the patient to reach the medically-used room.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-3
Safety-3
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.4 Precautions in Retaining the Machine
The installation space and the method of retaining the machine are limited in a site where a 
long cassette is used.
 WARNING
Be sure to follow the precautions below in a site where a long cassette is used.
- Always fix the machine by an optional anti-topple retainer.
- Install the machine in a space with a height of the ceiling of 1750 mm or higher.
1.5 Notes on Supporter Use
1.5.1 Precautions in Handling the Machine in a User’s Site where 
the Supporter Is Used
Exercise care in the following when working in a user’s site where the supporter (option) is 
used.
 CAUTION
When pushing the machine into the supporter or pulling the machine out of the 
supporter, exercise care so that your fingers are not caught between the supporter 
and machine.
1.5.2 Precautions in Preventing the Supporter from Toppling
Refer to “Appendix 3-5 Securing the Supporter” for retaining the supporter to prevent the 
supporter from toppling.
 {IN:Appendix 3-5_Securing the Supporter}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-4
Safety-4
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2. Labels
2.1 Laser Precaution Labels
2.1.1 Laser Precaution Label Attachment Locations
Below are illustrated the protective housings and attachment locations of laser precaution 
labels, as specified in "Laser Products - Conformance with IEC 60825-1, Am. 2 and IEC 
60601-2-22; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)" and "IEC60825-1 
(Amendment 2).” issued by the FDA of the U.S.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-5
Safety-5
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2.1.2 List of Laser Precaution Labels
n	 HHS	Certification	and	Identification	Label
n IEC60825-1 Class 3B Panel Label
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-6
Safety-6
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2.2 Ratings Indication Labels
n Attachment Position
n Ratings Indication Labels
n Year of Manufacture and EFUP (Environmentally Friendly Use Period) Label
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-7
Safety-7
E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
2.3 Handling Instruction Labels and Attachment Locations
2.3.1 Erasure Unit
2.3.2 Scanning Optics Unit
Hold the portions of the green labels to dismount/mount the scanning optics unit.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-8
Safety-8
E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
2.3.3 Covers
u NOTE u
Always use a cable conforming to the specifications at a position with a caution label applied.
2.3.4 Cassette Insertion Operation Label, Cassette Right-Justifying 
Label
The cassette insertion operation label differs depending on the type of the cassette used in 
the user’s site.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-9
Safety-9
E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
2.3.5 Exposure Marker Instruction Label
Apply the exposure marker instruction label suitable for the local language.
2.3.6 Power Cable Caution Label
Power Cable Caution Label (Only Hospital Grade Power Cable for U.S.A.)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-10
Safety-10
E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
3. Protective Housings Against Laser Exposure
Even when the protective housings are removed for servicing, a laser beam will never leak 
out from the machine unless the optical path is intentionally changed. However, if the optical 
path is changed inadvertently during optics-related procedures, the service engineer or other 
people around the machine may be possibly exposed to laser radiation.
During optics-related procedures, carefully perform the procedures while checking the 
instructions described in this manual, and after the procedures are completed, restore the 
protective housings removed back exactly where they were.
n Protective Housing of the Machine
The removable protective housings of the machine are illustrated below. The three covers 
marked by ∗ in the illustration below are protective housings against laser exposure.
4. CLASSIFICATION
1. According to the type of protection against electrical shock
CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT
2. According to the degree of protection against electrical shock
NO APPLIED PART
3. Protection against harmful ingress of water or particulate matter
IP00
4. According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of a 
flammable	anesthetics	mixture	with	air	or	with	oxygen	or	nitrous	oxide.
Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or 
with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
5. According to the mode of operation
CONTINUOUS OPERATION
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-11
Safety-11
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5. Cautions on Electromagnetic Waves
5.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for medical 
devices to the IEC60601-1-2 : 1993 (up to 24999), IEC60601-1-2 : 2001 (after 25001), 
Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful 
interference in a typical medical installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not 
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference 
to other devices in the vicinity.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular 
installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to other devices, which can be 
determined by tuning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to 
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures;
- Reorient or relocate the receiving device.
- Increase the separation between the equipment.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the 
other device(s) are connected.
Consult the manufacturer or field service technician for help.
5.2 Further information for IEC60601-1-2
Model name Allegro-HR is referred to as CR-IR 359 in this section.
- Medical electrical equipment needs special precautions regarding EMC and needs 
to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information described as 
follows.
- Portable and mobile RF communications equipmentcan affect medical electrical 
equipment.
- The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those specified, with the 
exception of transducers and cables sold by FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement 
parts for internal components, may result in increased emissions or decreased 
immunity of the CR-IR 359.
 List of Cables
Name FUJIFILM Corporation Parts code General	Specification
Power Cable 136N0377 (Europe)
136N0376 (UK) -
I/F Cable - UTP cable of straight type and 
category 5E or more.
- The CR-IR 359 should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment.
 If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the CR-IR 359 should be observed to verify 
normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used.
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The CR-IR 359 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified 
below. The customer or the user of the CR-IR 359 should assure that it is used in 
such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - 
guidance
RF emissions
CISPR 11
Group 1
The CR-IR 359 uses RF energy only 
for its internal function. Therefore, its 
RF emissions are very low and are not 
likely to cause any interference in nearby 
electronic equipment.
RF emissions
CISPR 11 Class A
The CR-IR 359 is suitable for use in all 
establishments other than domestic and 
those directly connected to the public 
low-voltage power supply network that 
supplies buildings used for domestic 
purposes.
Harmonic emissions
IEC 61000-3-2 Class A
Voltage fluctuations/
flicker emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
Complies
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-12
Safety-12
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-IR 359 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The 
customer or the user of the CR-IR 359 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601test level Compliance level
Electromagnetic 
environment - 
guidance
Electrostatic 
discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
±6kV contact
±8kV air
±2kV contact
±4kV contact
±6kV contact
±2kV air
±4kV air
±8kV air
Floors should be 
wood, concrete or 
ceramic tile. If floors 
are covered with 
synthetic material, 
the relative humidity 
should be at least 
30%.
Electrical fast 
transient/burst
IEC 61000-4-4
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines 
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines 
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short 
interruptions and 
voltage variations on 
power supply input 
lines
IEC 61000-4-11
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT) 
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT) 
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip in UT) 
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT) 
for 5 s
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT) 
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT) 
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip in UT) 
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT) 
for 5 s
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment. 
If the user of the 
CR-IR 359 requires 
continued operation 
during power mains 
interruptions, it is 
recommended that 
the CR-IR 359 be 
powered from an 
uninterruptible power 
supply or a battery.
Power frequency 
(50/60 Hz) magnetic 
field
IEC 61000-4-8
3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency 
magnetic fields 
should be at levels 
characteristic of a 
typical location in a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-IR 359 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The 
customer or the user of the CR-IR 359 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test 
level
Compliance 
level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
3 Vrms
150kHz - 
80MHz
3 Vrms Portable and mobile RF communications 
equipment should be used no closer to any 
part of the CR-IR 359, including cables, 
than the recommended separation distance 
calculated from the equation applicable to 
the frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2 80 MHz - 800 MHz
d = 2.3 800 MHz - 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating 
of the transmitter in watts (W) according to 
the transmitter manufacturer and d is the 
recommended separation distance in metres 
(m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, 
as determined by an electromagnetic site 
survey,a should be less than the compliance 
level in each frequency range.b
Interference may occur in the vicinity 
of equipment marked with the following 
symbol:
Radiated RF
IEC 61000-4-3
3 V/m
80MHz - 
2.5GHz
3 V/m
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is 
affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a Field strength from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) 
telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV 
broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic 
environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be 
considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the CR-IR 359 is used 
exceeds the applicable RF compliance, the CR-IR 359 should be observed to verify normal 
operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, 
such as reorienting or relocating the CR-IR 359.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strength should be less than 3 V/m.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-13
Safety-13
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Recommended separation distances between Portable and mobile RF 
communications equipment and the CR-IR 359
The CR-IR 359 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which 
radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the CR-IR 359 
can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance 
between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the 
CR-IR 359 as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the 
communications equipment.
Rated maximum 
output power of 
transmitter
W
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
m
150 kHz - 80 MHz
d = 1.2
80 MHz - 800 MHz
d = 1.2
800 MH - 2.5 GHz
d = 2.3
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the 
recommended separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the 
equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum 
output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter 
manufacturer.
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency 
range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic 
propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects 
and people.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-14
Safety-14
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
6. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS
Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified
according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950-1 for data processing equipment
and IEC60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore all configurations shall comply
with the system standard IEC60601-1-1:2000 and IEC60601-1:2005 Chapter 16. Everybody 
who connectsadditional equipment to the signal input part or signal output part configures a 
medical system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements 
of IEC60601-1-1:2000 and IEC60601-1:2005 Chapter 16. If in doubt, consult the technical 
services department or your local representative.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 359
Safety-15
Safety-15
E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
7. Cautions on Network
- Before connecting this system to the network with other systems, confirm that the other 
systems are not affected. If they are affected, take countermeasures such as network 
separation. 
- After modifying the network, confirm that this system is not affected. If it is affected, take 
appropriate countermeasures including:
- Replacing connected devices
- Connecting additional devices
- Removing devices
- Updating devices
- Upgrading devices
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Product Specifications
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
05.31.2013 01 New release (FM6150) All pages
01.31.2014 02 Corrections (FM8222) 2
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-1
Spec-1
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.3 Available Cassette Types and Sizes
Cassette type IP size
Inch (inch)
Cassette CC (ST Cassette) 14 x 17, 14 x 14, 10 x 12, 8 x 10
Cassette PC 14 x 17, 14 x 14, 10 x 12
Cassette LC 
(Long Cassette)
Twin cassette 14 x 17 - twin, 10 x 12 - twin
Triple cassette 14 x 17 - triple, 14 x 14 - triple
Metric (cm)
Cassette CC (ST Cassette) 35 x 43, 35 x 35, 24 x 30, 18 x 24, 15 x 30
Cassette LC (Long Cassette) 24 x 30 - twin
Cassette CH*1 24 x 30 *2, 18 x 24
*1: With the upgrade kit for reading 50μ installed
*2: Use an adapter when reading a 24x30CH cassette.
1.4 List of Optional Items
Abbreviated product name Description Qty Remarks
IR 355 FLOOR FIX KIT RH E Anti-topple retainer kit 1 For retaining 
the machine
IR 355 STAND #(E) Supporter 1
IR 355 CASSETTE RACK #(E) Cassette rack 1
IR 355 CASSETE RACK FOR LC #(E) Rack for long cassette 1
IR 355 CPU FLOOR MOUNT KIT #(E) Mount 1 Except for USA
IR 355 IR CPU FLOOR MOUNT KIT EU E Mount 1
IR 355 ARM FOR LCD MONITOR #(E) Arm for LCD monitor 1 Except for USA
IR 355 STAND WALL FIX KIT #(E) Retainer for fixing to wall (long 
type) 1 Except for USA
IR 355 MBL KIT #(E) Mobile kit 1
IR 346 AC CORD 200-240V UK E AC cable for BSI 1
IR 346 AC CORD 200-240V E AC cable for CEE 1
IR 362 AC CORD 100-120V UL E AC cable for USA 1 Except for USA
1.	 Specifications	of	Machine
1.1 Product Code
Abbreviated product 
name Description Qty. Operation panel 
screen contents Remarks
CR IR 359 RU2 USA 1 : E
Image reader main body
CR-IR 359
(For the U.S.)
1
- For use at 
hospitals
- English 
indications
- Inch-type 
specification
- For FMSU direct 
selling
- With the 50 micron 
upgrade kit installed
CR IR 359 RU2 USA 2 : E
Image reader main body
CR-IR 359
(For the U.S.)
1
- For use at 
hospitals
- English 
indications
- Inch-type 
specification
- For selling by FMSU 
franchised stores
- With the 50 micron 
upgrade kit installed
CR IR 359 RU2 : E
Image reader main body
CR-IR 359
(For European and other 
foreign countries)
1
- For use at 
hospitals
- English 
indications
Metric-type 
specification
1.2 Available IP Sizes and Types
n Available IP types
- ST-VI type
- HR-V type (with the upgrade kit for reading 50μ installed)
- HR-VI type (with the upgrade kit for reading 50μ installed)
n Available IP sizes
IP type IP size
Inch (inch) Standard type (ST-VI) 14 x 17, 14 x 14, 10 x 12, 8 x 10
Metric (cm)
Standard type (ST-VI) 35 x 43, 35 x 35, 24 x 30, 18 x 24, 15 x 30
High resolution type 
(HR-V/HR-VI)*1 24 x 30, 18 x 24
*1: With the upgrade kit for reading 50μ installed
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-2
Spec-2
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
1.5	 Product	Specifications
n Maximum Heat Generation
Standby: 0.36 MJ/h or less
Operating: 1.05 MJ/h or less
Hibernation: 0.07 MJ/h or less
n Noise
Operating: 55 dB or less
n Warm-up Time
l Power non-interlinked setting (when RU is started up alone)
42 seconds or less
l Power interlinked setting (when RU is started up by DX Console)
98 seconds or less
n I/F cable
UTP cable of straight type and Category 5E or more
1.6 Dimensions, Weight, and Center of Gravity
n Dimensions
W590 × D380 × H810 (mm) (except protrusions)
n Center of Gravity
Height: 350 mm approx.
From right-hand side: 290 mm approx.
From front: 200 mm approx.
u NOTE u
The center of gravity is as measured from the adjustable foot.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-3
Spec-3
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.7 Moving Means for the Machine
Two-wheeled casters (direction-variable/without brake): Four casters
1.8 Retaining Means for the Machine
The following two kinds of retaining means of the machine are available.
- Retaining on the adjustable feet
- Retaining through the use of a anti-topple retainer
1.8.1 Retaining the Machine on Adjustable Feet
The machine is fixed by four adjustable feet.
The long cassette cannot be used while the machine is fixed by the adjustable feet.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-4
Spec-4
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.8.2 Retaining the Machine by Use of Anti-Topple Retainer
The machine is fixed through the use of an optional anti-topple retainer in the following 
cases:
- When the machine is to be fixed to the floor through the use of the safety as required by the 
user;
- When the long cassette is to be used;
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-5
Spec-5
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.9 Environmental Conditions
n Climate Conditions
l Operating
Temperature: 15 °C (40%) to 30 °C (80 %)
Relative humidity: 15 % RH (30 °C) to 80 % RH (30 °C) (without moisture condensation)
Atmospheric pressure: 750 to 1060 hPa
l Non-operating
Temperature: 0 to 45 °C (Should not freeze)
Relative humidity: 10 to 90% RH (without moisture condensation)
Atmospheric pressure: 750 to 1060 hPa
l Transit/storage
Temperature: -10 to 50 °C (Should not freeze)
Relative humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (without moisture condensation)
Atmospheric pressure: 750 to 1,060 hPa
n Floor (Machine Surface) Vibration
10 to 55 Hz in frequency and 0.015 mm or less in amplitude
n Floor Levelness
10 mm/m (inclination: 1/100 or less), for front, rear, right, and left
n Floor Flatness
10 mm/m or less
n Variable Magnetic Field
DC 0.3 Gauss or less
1.10	 Electrical	Specifications
n Frequency
Single-phase, 50-60 Hz, ±3%
n Input Voltage
Single-phase, 100-240 VAC ±10%
n Rated Amperage
Single-phase, 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz : 5-2.1A
n Power Consumption
Operating: 290 VA or less
Standby: 100 VA or less
Remote standby: 20 VA or less
n Grounding
Class D grounding (former Class 3 grounding) (100 Ω or less)
n Overload Protection
10 A
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-6
Spec-6
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.11 Servicing Space
When servicing the machine, the space indicated below should be secured.
1.12 Installation Space
1.12.1 For Fixing by Adjustable Feet
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-7
Spec-7
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.12.2 Retaining the Machine by the Anti-Topple Retainer
l Top view
l Location of holes for the anti-topple retainer
1.12.3 Installing the Machine where the Long Cassette Is to Be Used
l Top view and side view
l Location of holes for the anti-topple retainer
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-8
Spec-8
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.12.4 Using the Supporter
l Installation space required for the supporter only
l Installation space required when the cassette rack is attached to the 
supporter
The cassette rack mounting position and installation space are left-right symmetrical.
l Installation space required when the base is attached to the supporter
The base mountingposition and installation space are left-right symmetrical.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-9
Spec-9
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.13 Disposal
1.13.1 Disposal of IP
Regarding the IP disposal, follow the instructions to dispose as laws are provided in each 
country and region. We will provide the product safety information as needed.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-10
Spec-10
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
Spec-11
Spec-11
Allegro(CR-IR 356)E-Only
014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Machine Description (MD)
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
05.31.2013 01 New release (FM6150) All pages
01.31.2014 02 Corrections (FM8222) 10, 29, 30
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-1
MD-1014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.2	 System	Configuration
This machine supports the following two system configurations.
n	 System	Configuration	1
The machine is connected to the Console via a network.
Each machine is to be connected via Ethernet (100BASE-TX).
FRRB101001.ai
HUB ConsoleRU
n	 System	Configuration	2
Connect the machine, Console, and printer via network.
Each machine is to be connected via Ethernet (100BASE-TX).
FRRB101002.ai
HUB Console
Printer
RU
1. Machine Overview
1.1	 Features
n	 Features	of	the	Machine
l	 Target
This machine is intended for small hospital, where a daily process count of IP is between 1 to 
20.
l	 Improved	dust	resistance
Dust resistance is improved as there is no opening on the machine.
l	 Power	supply
A commonly available power source may be used to supply power to the machine.
l	 Reading	IP	type	HR-V
The machine which the upgrade kit (option key for reading HR) for reading 50μ has been 
installed, can read IP type HR.
l Removal of IP static electricity
IP static electricity is removed by the electrically-conductive ball bearing and bearing attached 
to each conveyance roller, as well as by the antistatic brush attached to the IP conveyance 
path.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-2
MD-2014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.3	 Overall	Machine	Configuration	and	Component	Names
1.3.1	 External	View	of	Machine
1.3.2	 Nomenclature	and	Functions
Name Function
Operation Panel Operation panel for the RU main body.
System power switch Power switch for the RU. When this switch is pressed with the system 
power switch in the RU setting and the circuit breaker in the ON state, 
the RU is powered ON.
Power lamp It is lit (in green) when the circuit breaker is pushed in the "I" position 
and power is turned ON. Since the circuit breaker remains in the ON 
state, the POWER lamp is always lit.
Cassette loading lamp It is lit (in green) when the RU starts up normally, indicating that 
cassette loading is ready. While it is not lit, a cassette cannot be 
loaded.
Cassette processing lamp It is lit (in green) while the cassette loaded into the RU is being 
processed. It blinks when the IP erasure is complete and goes out 
when the IP is ejected to the cassette.
Cassette removal lamp It is lit (in blue) when removal of a processed cassette is ready.
Backlight OFF lamp It blinks (in green) when the RU comes into the HIBERNATION mode.
CALL lamp It is lit (in yellow) when an error of level 0 or level 1 occurs.
Circuit breaker ON (1): Main power ON
OFF (0): Main power OFF
Keep ON for usual operation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-3
MD-3014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.3.3 Operation Panel Display Screen Contents
The language to be displayed on the operation panel and the window vary as shown below 
depending on the “LANGUAGE” and “SCREEN TYPE” selected at the time of installation of 
RU software.
u NOTE u
The Configuration setting on the DX Console need be changed according to the “SCREEN 
TYPE” of the RU. The connection between the RU and the DX Console is not assured if 
different selection is made. 
- When SCREEN TYPE is “CLINIC”, only “1:1 connection” is available.
- When SCREEN TYPE is “HOSPITAL”, only “N:N connection” is available.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-4
MD-4014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.4 Machine Components
1.4.1 Unit Locations 1.4.2 Roller Locations and Conveyance Paths
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-5
MD-5014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5	 I/O	Locations	and	Functional	Descriptions
1.5.1 Cassette Set Unit - 1
Symbol Name Type Function
SA1 Cassette IN sensor PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the cassette is loaded, and is in 
CLOSE state when the cassette is loaded.
SA2 Cassette hold 
sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the cassette is held, and is in 
CLOSE state when the cassette is held.
SA9 "15x30 cassette" 
identifying sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor determines a 15x30 cassette. It is in OPEN 
state when the 15x30 cassette is inserted, and in CLOSE 
state when a cassette of another size is inserted.
SA11 Cassette ejection 
sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the cassette is ejected, is in 
CLOSE state when the cassette is inserted, and in OPEN 
state when the cassette is ejected.
SA16 Inch/metric sensor PI (5mm) The sensor detects the type (inch/metric) of a small-sized 
cassette. The sensor is in CLOSE state when a small-
sized metric cassette is loaded, and is in OPEN state 
when a small-sized inch cassette is loaded.
SOLA1 Cassette hold pin 
solenoid
Power down
solenoid
Holds/releases the cassette hold pin. The sensor is in 
OFF state when holding and in ON state when releasing.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-6
MD-6014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5.2 Cassette Set Unit - 2
Symbol Name Type Function
MA1 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism driving 
motor
Two-phase 
pulse motor Drives the IP retaining arm, the cassette cover-open 
mechanism and the debris fall prevention shutter.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-7
MD-7014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5.3 Cassette Set Unit - 3
Symbol Name Type Function
SA3 Debris fall prevention 
shutter sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects whether the debris fall prevention 
shutter opens or closes, is in OPEN state when the 
debris fall prevention shutter opens, and in CLOSE 
state when the shutter closes.
SA7 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism HP sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the IP retaining arm, the 
cassette cover-open mechanism and the debris fall 
prevention shutter are at the home position (HP), and 
is in CLOSE state when they are at the home position.
SA8 Cassette cover closing
mechanism HP sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the cassette cover-close 
mechanism is at the home position, and is in CLOSE 
state when the mechanism is at the home position.
SA10 Old/new cassette 
judgment sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the IP in the cassette is 
pressed, and is in OPEN state when the IP is pressed.
It also detects whether a new cassette or an old 
cassette is inserted, is in OPEN state when the new 
cassette is inserted, and stays in CLOSE state when 
the old cassette is inserted.
SA12 Cassette cover CLOSE 
position sensor
PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the cassette cover-close 
mechanism is at a close-cover position, and comes 
into CLOSE state.
MA2 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism driving 
motor
DC motor Drives the cassette cover-close mechanism.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-8
MD-8014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5.4 Cassette Set Unit - 4
Symbol Name Type Function
SA4
(SA4-1,
SA4-2)
IP dropping sensor Separate
transmitting
type sensor
The sensor detects that the IP drops. An error is 
detected when the sensor is in CLOSE state with 
the IP having dropped before suction, or when it is in 
CLOSE state after the IP is returned to the cassette 
and before the cassette cover closes.
SA4-1: Light emitting side
SA4-2: Light receiving side
SA6 Suction arm HP sensor PI (5 mm) The sensor detects that the removal arm is at the 
home position, and is in CLOSE state when the arm is 
at the home position.
MA3 Suction arm driving 
motor
Two-phasepulse motor Drives the removal arm.
MA4 IP transport motor Two-phase 
pulse motor Conveys the IP.
PA1 IP suction pump DC pump Sucks the IP. It sucks the IP turned ON.
SVA1 IP air leak valve Solenoid 
valve
Feeds the air to the suction cup to leak the IP from the 
suction cup. It leaks the IP when turned ON.
SVA2 IP suction path 
changeover valve
Solenoid 
valve
Changes over the suction modes.
ON : Two suction cups vacuum-retain an IP other 
than a 15 x 30 size IP.
OFF : One suction cup vacuum-retains a 15 x 30 size 
IP.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-9
MD-9014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5.5	 Subscanning	Unit	-	1
Symbol Name Type Function
SC1 Grip release/Dust 
remove HP sensor
PI (5 mm) Detects that the grip release mechanism and dust 
remove mechanism are at their home positions (HP).
Sensor becomes OPEN when they are at HPs.
SC3 IP sensor 1 PI (19 mm) Detect the IP. When the leading edge of IP reaches 
this sensor, the signal is sent to the SND board.
Then, the IP conveyance speed changes from 
normal conveyance speed to reading conveyance 
speed. Sensor becomes OPEN when IP is detected.
SC9 "15x30/24x30 IP width" 
identifying sensor
Reflecting-type 
photo-sensor Detects the size of remaining IPs during bootup.
BCRC1 Barcode reader Barcode reader Reads IP barcode.
MC1 Side-positioning IP 
transport motor
Two-phase
pulse motor Conveys the IP.
MC2 Grip release/Dust 
remove motor
Two-phase
pulse motor
Drives the grip release mechanism and dust remove 
mechanism.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-10
MD-10014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
1.5.6	 Subscanning	Unit	-	2
Symbol Name Type Function
SZ1 IP leading-edge sensor
(SED27A)
Laser light 
receiving 
element
Detects the tip of the IP to be read.
SZ2 Grip release HP sensor PI (5 mm) Detects that the grip release mechanism is at its home 
position (HP).
MZ1 Subscanning motor Two-phase 
pulse motor Conveys the IP.
MZ2 Grip release motor Two-phase 
pulse motor Drives the grip mechanism.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-11
MD-11014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.5.7	 Housing
Symbol Name Type Function
SG1 IP sensor 2 PI (19 mm) Detects that the IP being conveyed is present.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-12
MD-12014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.6 Board Locations
1.6.1	 Housing
1.6.2	 Erasure	Unit
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-13
MD-13014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.6.3	 Scanning	Optics	Unit
1.6.4	 Light-Collecting	Unit
1.6.5	 Subscanning	Unit
MD-14
MD-14CR-IR 359 Service Manual014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2.1.2	 Flow	of	Network	Setting	Data
l	 Settable	items	and	default	values
The settings are made from the RU PC-TOOL. The settable items and their default values 
are as follows.
Setup	items Setting	means Default	values
RU IP address RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.10
RU subnet mask RU PC-TOOL 255.255.0.0
RU default gateway RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.0
FTP server IP address RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.20
RU secure IP address RU PC-TOOL 0.0.0.0
RU secure net address RU PC-TOOL 0.0.0.0
l	 Flow	of	network	setting	data
The network setting data is not written into the CPU board only by clicking [SET] button on 
the RU PC-TOOL window. You need click [UPDATE] button to write the network setting data 
into the CPU board.
The contents set from the RU PC-TOOL are stored on the CPU board FLASH ROM.
Console RU
RU PC-TOOL
FLASH ROM
[SET]
[UPDATE]
CPU board
FRRB102001.ai
Network setting
data
Network setting
data
2. Descriptions of Software Control
u NOTE u
In this chapter, the "RU Application", "RU IP Address", and "RU Configuration" are referred to 
shortly as RU-AP, RU IP ADDR, and CONFIGURATION, respectively.
2.1 Data Flow between RU and Console
The exchange of data between the RU and Console is described below.
2.1.1	 Data	Flow	during	Routine	Processing
l	 Flow	of	image	data
The image data read from the IP is stored in the SDRAM of the CPU board, and transferred 
to the Console via the network.
l	 Flow	of	log	data
- The log data is written into the FTP server upon RU shutdown processing or upon 
occurrence of a FATAL error.
- The log data is retained in the FTP server until a certain amount of that data is reached, 
and, once that amount is exceeded, the data is overwritten on a first-in, first-out basis.
Console RU
FLASH ROMCOMMON
FRRB102002.ai
FTP server
Memory (SDRAM)
Image data
Log data
RU-specific data
Log data
Image data
CPU board
MD-15
MD-15CR-IR 359 Service Manual014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2.2	 Error	Handling
The RU resumes its operation by attempting a retry(s), except under condition where it is 
inoperable.
n	 Error	Handling
When an I/O error (mechanical, scanner, etc.) occurs between cassette insertion and IP 
reading, the IP is returned to the cassette.
n Cases where Retry Is Impossible (FATAL Error)
(1)	 When	the	function	of	the	CPU	board	stops.
(2)	 When	the	power	supply	voltage	output	stops.
2.3 What Is Sleep Mode?
The "Sleep mode" is such that, in order to save power, the conditions in the
machine automatically change to the power-saving mode when the RU is not operated within
a specified period of time.
n Operation in the Sleep Mode
Upon entering the Sleep mode, only the power of the CPU board is kept ON, while the power 
of other components is left OFF.
Only the power/erasing mode indicator lamp on the operation panel lights up in green in the 
Sleep mode.
n Transition to the Sleep Mode
l	 Transition	requirements
- If "Sleep mode ON" is set in the CONFIGURATION and the RU is not operated within the 
preset "Sleep mode transition time" while the RU remains in READY state, the machine 
transits to the Sleep mode.
- The stand-by switch is kept pressed for 4 seconds.
- When the Console is shut down.
l	 Setting	the	Sleep	mode
You can specify whether the Sleep mode is to be used and the period of time in which the 
machine transits to the Sleep mode in the CONFIGURATION.
-	Whether	the	Sleep	mode	is	to	be	used
 Set by the “Sleep mode Change” command in the CONFIGURATION.
- Time to transit to the Sleep mode
 Set by the “Sleep Mode Change Time ([min])” command in the CONFIGURATION.
n Recovery from Sleep Mode
l	 Recover	requirements
Press the stand-by switch.
l	 Processing	upon	recovery
Upon recovery from the Sleep mode, the RU performs a home-positioning operation of the 
suction arm.
In addition, the initial self-diagnosis of the mechanical components takes place, as well as 
home-positioning of the RU suction arm, under one of the following conditions.
- The mechanical components are located at other than the home positions.
- One of sensors detects an IP.
- A cassette is set in the RU.
MD-16
MD-16CR-IR 359 Service Manual014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2.4	 RU	Bootup	Processing
The following self-diagnoses are carried out after the power is turned ON. Connection 
verification between the RU and the Console is also carried out concurrently with the self-
diagnoses.
n Initialization of the Mechanical Components
The initialization of the mechanical components consists of the following five stages.
l	 Before	IP	search	stage
The cassette cover opening mechanism is moved to the reference position, and the suction 
arm is moved to the home position.
l	 IP	search	stage
The motor is rotated by an appropriate amount to convey the IP to a position where it can 
be confirmed by the sensor, on the assumption that the IP is located at a position where it 
cannot be detected by the sensor within the machine.
l	 After	IP	search	stage
The suction arm is moved to the home position.
l	 Remaining	IP	ejection	stage
When an IP is found within the machine during the IP search stage, its size is measured and 
the IP is returned to the cassette. If a cassette is not set in the RU, the message prompting 
to set an empty cassette appears.
l	 After	remaining	IP	ejection
The self-diagnosis of the cassette cover closing mechanism is carried out, and the cassette 
hold is released.
n Initialization of the Scanner Mechanism
The scanner mechanism is initialized.
2.5	 RU	Termination	ProcessingTermination processing of the mechanism and the log data storage take place.
u NOTE u
If the power is turned OFF without performing RU shutdown processing, log data will not be 
saved.
n	 Flow	of	RU	Shutdown	Processing
(1)	 "Shutdown	processing"	command
Two instructions are available for a case where “system shutdown of the Console is 
carried out” and a case where “the stand-by switch of the RU is pressed”.
(2)	 Execute	"saving	of	log	data",	and	turn	OFF	the	power.
Saving of log data:
Save HISTORY LOG, TRACE LOG, and ERROR LOG to the FTP server.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-17
MD-17014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.1.2	 Fuses	and	the	Components	to	Be	Protected
Fuse	mounted	
Board
Power 
supply
Fuse	
No. Component to be protected
CPU63A board +5V F20 Barcode reader
+5V F13 SYN27A, SED27A
+5V F7 PNL63A
+12V F19 PNL63A
SND27A board +24V F8 IP suction pump : PA1
+24V F9 Driver IC : U14
+5V F10 Sensor : 
SG1, SC3, SC9, SZ2, SA1, SA2, SA3, SA4-1, SA4-2, 
SA6 ,SA7, SA8, SA9, SA10, SA11, SA12, SC1, SA16
PIF63A board +12V F1 CPU63A
+5V F20 CPU63A
+24V F3 CPU63A
+24V F12 SND27A
+15V F4 CPU63A
-15V F5 CPU63A
ERS37A board +24V F1 LED
3. Descriptions of Electrical Operations
3.1	 Power	Supply	Voltage	Output	Detection	Function
To facilitate early recovery from a failure, the RU incorporates the power supply voltage
output detection function, which offers the following features:
- Each load circuit incorporates a fuse that serves to isolate a fault.
- The isolation points are provided with a current detection circuit, which constantly monitors 
the power supply voltage output.
- The detection point can be identified by checking the combination of current detection 
circuits (points) in which an error has occurred.
- The DC motors are protected by a driver circuit (mounted on the board) which incorporates 
an overcurrent protection circuit. The driver circuit always detects a current and outputs a 
current of up to 2 A. If it detects the current larger than 2 A, it stops outputting the current 
by the protection circuit.
3.1.1	 Driver	Circuits	Incorporating	the	Overcurrent	Protection	
Circuit	and	the	Components	to	Be	Protected
Protection	circuit	
mounted	part Power	supply Component to be protected
SND27A board +24 V DC motor: MA2
 REFERENCE 
The pulse motors (MA1, MA3, MA4, MC1, MZ1 and MZ2) are protected by the PIF63A board 
fuse (F12).
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-18
MD-18014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.1.3	 Overcurrent	Protection	Circuit	Block	Diagram
Sensor drive board: SND27A
CPU board: CPU63A
LED erasure board: ERS37A
LED erasure board: ERS37A
Power interface board: PIF63AAlpha II Power supply
Fuse, and blown fuse detection circuit
Driver circuit incorporating an overcurrent 
protection circuit (upper limit of 2 A)
Fuse
+12V
+5V
+24V
+15V
-15V
Driver circuit without an overcurrent 
protection circuit
F8
F9 DRV
F10
F13
F20
F7
F1 LED
F19
DRV
DRV
DRV
DRV
DRV
DRV
DRV
F1 LED
F2
F4
F5
F3
F12
F1
DRV
DRV
IP leading-edge detection board:
SED27A
PNL board: PNL63A
Start-point detection board :
SYN27A
XL2A103004.ai
IP suction pump: PA1
Pulse motor: MC2
Sensors: SG1, SC1, SC3, SC9,
 SZ2, SA1, SA2, SA3,
 SA4-1, SA4-2, SA6, 
 SA7, SA8, SA9, SA10, 
 SA11, SA12, SA16
Pulse motor: MA1
Pulse motor: MA3
Pulse motor: MA4
Pulse motor: MC1
Pulse motor: MZ1
Pulse motor: MZ2
DC motor: MA2
Barcode reader
+24V
+24V
-15V
+15V
+24V
+5V
+12V
+5V
+24V
+5V
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-19
MD-19014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.2	 Erasure	Unit	Control
n	 Erasure	Unit	Control
The erasure LED control circuit is located on the ERS board. It is for turning ON/OFF the 
LED and controlling detection of unlit LED.
n	 Erasure	Operation
Three kinds of operations are used, one for erasure after the IP reading (routine erasure) and 
the other for erasure when the erasure button on the RU operation panel is pressed (primary 
erasure/secondary erasure).
The difference between the two modes is whether or not an image is to be output.
-	 Routine	erasure
A dose exposed to the IP is measured, and the erasing method is changed depending 
on the detected dose. The dose is measured when the image is read by the scanner 
unit (light-collecting unit).
-	 Primary	erasure
The IP is erased similarly to routine erasure. Difference from the routine erasure is that 
no image is output.
-	 Secondary	erasure
Difference from the primary erasure is that the erasure is performed periodically 
regardless of an X-ray dose exposed to the IP.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-20
MD-20014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.3	 LEDs	on	the	SND27A	Board	and	the	CPU63A	Board
3.3.1	 LEDs	on	the	SND27A	Board
LED	No.
(illumination	
color)
Name Significance	when	the	LED	lights	or	flashes
D6 (green) Cassette IN Lit when the cassette is loaded/ 
Unlit when the cassette is not loaded
D9 (green) Cassette hold Lit when the cassette is held/Unlit otherwise
D12 (green) Debris fall prevention 
shutter
Lit when the shutter is closed/ 
Unlit when the shutter opens
D15 (green) Old/new cassette 
judgement
Lit when the cassette IP is not retained or an old cassette is 
loaded/ 
Unlit when the IP is retained and a new cassette is loaded
LED	No.
(illumination	
color)
Name Significance	when	the	LED	lights	or	flashes
D18 (green) Suction arm HP Lit when the removal arm is at the home position/
Unlit when the removal arm is at another position
D21 (green) ERS37A board Lit when lighting of the erasure lamp is detected/
Unlit when not detected
D24 (green) Cassette cover opening 
mechanism HP
Lit when the IP retaining arm, the cassette cover opening 
mechanism, and the debris fall prevention shutter are at their 
home positions/Unlit otherwise
D27 (green) Cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP
Lit when the cassette cover closing mechanism is at the 
home position/Unlit otherwise
D30 (green) 15x30 cassette 
identification
Lit when a cassette other than the 15x30 cassette is loaded/
Unlit the 15x30 cassette is loaded
D33 (green) Sensor not connected Always lit after the machine power is turned ON
D36 (green) ERS37A board Lit when lighting of the erasure lamp is detected/
Unlit when not detected
D39 (green) Cassette ejection Lit when the cassette is loaded/ 
Unlit when the cassette is ejected
D42 (green) Cassette cover close 
position
Lit when the cassette cover closing mechanism is at the 
position of closing the cassette cover/
Unlit when the mechanism is not at the closing position
D45 (green) IP drop Lit when the IP drops/Unlit otherwise
D47 (green) Sensor not connected Always lit after the machine power is turned ON
D49 (green) IP sensor 2 Lit when the IP being conveyed is present/
Unlit when no IP is present
D51 (green) IP sensor 1 Lit when no IP is detected/Unlit when an IP is detected
D52 (green) 15x30/24x30 IP width 
identification
Lit when no remaining IP is detected during bootup/
Unlit when detected
D53 (green) Grip release HP sensor Lit when the grip mechanism is at the home position/
Unlit otherwise
D54 (green) Sensor not connected Always lit after the machine power is turned ON
D55 (green) Sensor not connected Always lit after the machine power is turned ON
D59 (green) DSP1 Always flashes after the machine power is turned ON
D60 (green) DSP1 Lit when the DSP1 communicates with CAN/Unlit otherwise
D61 (green) DSP2 Always flashes after the machine power is turned ON
D62 (green) DSP2 Lit when the DSP1 communicates with CAN/Unlit otherwise
D7 (orange) Cassette cover closing 
mechanism driving motor
Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
D10 (orange) Cassette hold solenoid Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
D13 (orange) Cassette hold solenoid Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
D16 (orange) IP leak Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
D19 (orange) Suction switchover Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
D56 (orange) IP suction pump Lit when driven/Unlit when stopped
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-21
MD-21014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.3.2 LEDs on the CPU63A Board LEDNo.
(illumination	
color)
Significance	when	the	LED	lights	or	flashes
D7 (green) Lit when communicating with the PC/Unlit otherwise
D8 (green) Lit when the LAN cable is connected with the PC/Unlit when disconnected
D10 (green) Lit during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D11 (green) Always flashes 45 seconds after the machine power is turned ON
D12 (green) Lit during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D13 (green) Lit during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D14 (green) Lit during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D15 (green) Lit when the IP drops and during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D16 (green) Polygon speed HR_MODE enabled (unlit during normal operation)
D17 (green) PMT artificial voltage ON enabled (unlit during normal operation)
D18 (green) PMT artificial light source forcible OFF enabled (unlit during normal operation)
D19 (green) Lit when the IP drops and during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D20 (green) Lit during scanning/Unlit otherwise
D21 (green) For debugging use (Normally unlit)
D22 (green) For debugging use (Lit during scanning)/Unlit otherwise
D23 (green) For debugging use (Always lit 20 seconds after the machine power is turned ON)
D24 (green) For debugging use (Always lit 20 seconds after the machine power is turned ON)
D25 (green) For debugging use (Always lit 20 seconds after the machine power is turned ON)
D27 (red) Lit when the high-voltage switch is turned ON/
Unlit when the high-voltage switch is turned OFF
CN10
(green and orange) Lit when the LAN cable is connected with the PC/Unlit when disconnected
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-22
MD-22014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3.4	 Checking	the	Voltage
3.4.1 Checking	the	Voltage	of	the	PIF63A	Board	/	Alfha	II	Power	Source
n	 Board	Location	and	Measurement	Points
n PIF63A Board
u INSTRUCTION u
Replace the board if the power supply voltage is out of the standard range at a measurement 
point.
Voltage Measurement	 
point
Voltage	standard	 
range
Adjustment	
value
+24 V TP8 23.0 to 25.0 V 24.5 V
+5 V TP2 4.8 to 5.2 V 5.1 V
+15 V TP3 14.4 to 15.6 V 15.25 V
+12 V TP1 11.5 to 12.5 V 12.0 V
-15 V TP4 -15.6 to -14.1 V -15.25 V
n	 Alpha	II	Power	Source
u INSTRUCTIONS u
- Voltage adjustment is not necessary.
- Voltage output range: +21.6 to 26.4 V (±10%) between the 5 and 8 pins and between the 1 
and 4 pins of the CN51.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-23
MD-23014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4. Descriptions of Scanner Mechanism and 
Its Operation
4.1	 Scanner	Controller	Unit	Operation	Sequence
 REFERENCE 
The I/O names (CPU board, polygon (POL), etc.) in the following sequence correspond to 
the I/O names in illustration of the scanner controller unit, and are denoted in the form of:
m I/O name; description of operation for that I/O name
[Example] m CPU board; Correction data initial setting
This means that the CPU board performs initial setting of the correction data.
n	 Machine	Power	ON
m	CPU	board;	Correction	data	initial	setting
m	CPU	board;	Scanner	self-diagnostics
 {MD:4.4_Error	Detection/Processing	Subsystem}
n	 Cassette	Loading
m	Polygon	(POL);	Start
Since it takes time for the polygon to get stable, it is started at the same time as the 
cassette is loaded.
n IP Conveyance
m	CPU	board;	Setting	of	reading	conditions
Conditions are set according to a combination of the IP size, IP type, and the reading 
mode that is preset with the Console.
m	Polygon	(POL);	Polygon	diagnostics
m	Laser	(LD);	ON
m	IP	sensor	2	(SG1);	IP	size	measurement
n	 IP	Moved	to	the	Subscanning	Unit
m	Leading-edge	sensor	(SED);	IP	leading-edge	detection
Detects the laser light reflected from the IP.
m	PMT	board,	CPU	board;	Start	of	image	reading
 {MD:4.3_Image	Data	Flow}
m	Grip	release	motor	(MZ2);	Gripping/releasing	of	driving	shaft/driven	shaft
m	Trailing	edge	detection	(SED);	The	trailing	edge	of	the	IP	is	detected	
(completion	of	reading	is	detected)
n	 Reading	Termination	Processing
m Laser (LD); OFF
m	Polygon	(POL);	Stop
m	High	voltage	power	supply	(HV);	Idling
m	CPU	board;	Erasing	level	detection,	error	determination,	change-of-	
S-value	detection
n	 IP	Moved	to	the	Post-Reading	Conveyor	Guide
The IP moves to the post-reading conveyance guide, and the reading operation is 
complete.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-24
MD-24014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.2 Correction Data
Shading correction data, sensitivity data, format data, and speed correction data are located 
in the FLASH ROM on the CPU board. The data is copied into the SDRAM when the power 
of the machine is turned ON, and used in operation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-25
MD-25014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3	 Image	Data	Flow
The flow of image data is described below.
Numerals (1), (2), and so forth at the beginning of the items correspond to (1), (2), and so 
forth in the image data flow illustration.
It should be noted that the image data is sent to the Console nearly concurrently with 
reading.
(1)	 When	the	laser	light	from	the	scanning	optics	unit	hits	the	IP,	it	becomes	
luminescence	data,	which	is	read	by	the	photomultiplier	through	the	light-
collecting	guide.
(2)	 The	resulting	data	is	sent,	in	the	form	of	analog	data,	from	the	photomultiplier	
board (PMT board) to the CPU board.
(3)	 Analog	data	is	converted	to	digital	data	(AD	conversion)	on	the	CPU	board.
(4)	 Digital	data	is	output	to	the	DSP	via	the	FIFO,	and	subjected	to	image	processing	
and	shading	correction.		Thereafter,	it	is	temporarily	stored	in	the	SDRAM	on	the	
CPU board. 
(5)	 The	image	data	stored	in	the	SDRAM	is	sent	to	the	Console	via	the	network	under	
control of the main CPU located on the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-26
MD-26014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.4	 Error	Detection/Processing	Subsystem
(1) Error code
The scanner-related error codes, which are created by a combination of the control 
signal of each I/O and the reference signal of the board, are configured to facilitate 
identification of their causes.
(2)	 Scanner	unit	self-diagnostics
(A) Polygon start
(B) Laser ON
(C) Scanner self-diagnostics
 Spurious current is made to flow, and reading takes place. Whether the reading 
can correctly take place is also checked. 
(D) Laser OFF
(E) Error check for self-diagnostics
(3)	 Polygon	diagnostics
It is checked to see whether the polygon is operating normally a predetermined time 
after the polygon is started.
(4)	 Error	detection	during	reading
During reading, an error caused by a timeout is detected.
(5)	 Check	after	reading	is	completed
In order to check whether abnormal is found with reading operation, error check is 
performed upon completion of reading.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-27
MD-27014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5. Descriptions of Mechanical Components 
and Their Operations
5.1 IP Conveyance Flow
FRRB105001.ai
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[2]
Cassette
Cassette set unit
Subscanning
unit
Scanning
optics
unit
Light-
collecting
unit
Erasure 
unit
Function Description
[1] Feeds an IP from a 
cassette.
Opens the cover of the cassette that is inserted into the 
cassette set unit. Feeds the IP from the cassette and conveys 
it to the erasure unit.
[2] Removes dust from the 
IP surface.
Operates the brush rollers to remove dust and other foreign 
matter from the IP surface.
[3] Reads an image. Reads an image that is recorded on the IP.
[4] Conveys the IP. Transfers the IP, whose image has been read.
[5]
Removes dust from the 
brush rollers.
Drops into the brush roller assembly the dust that was 
deposited on the brush rollers.
Erases an image. Erases an image that is recorded on the IP.
[6] Loads an IP into a 
cassette.
Loads the IP, whose image has been erased, into the cassette, 
and closes the cassette cover. Ejects the cassette.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-28
MD-28014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.2 Cassette Set Unit
This section describes the operations that the sensors and mechanisms in the cassette set 
unit perform during routine processing.
5.2.1 Feed Conveyance Operation
n Feed Conveyance Operation
l Conditions before the cassette insertionThe sensors are under the following conditions before the cassette is inserted. The dust 
cover prevents foreign matter (ballpoint pen, clip or the like) or dust from dropping into the 
machine before the cassette is inserted.
SA3
SA8
SA12
SA6
SA1
SA10
SA2
SA7
SA11
SA4-1
SA4-2
SOLA1
SA9
SA16
XL2A105003.ai
SA1 : OPEN
SA2 : CLOSE
SA3 : OPEN
SA4 : OPEN
SA6 : CLOSE
SA7 : CLOSE
SA8 : CLOSE
SA9 : CLOSE
SA10 : CLOSE
SA11 : OPEN
SA12 : OPEN
SA16 : CLOSE
SOLA1 : ON
l From cassette insertion to cassette hold
When a cassette is inserted into the machine, the SA1 and SA11 close. Also, the movable 
guide assembly and 15x30 cassette movable guide assembly lowers in accordance with 
cassette size to open/close the "15x30 (cm) cassette" identifying sensor (SA9) and the inch/
metric detecting sensor (SA16).
The size of the inserted cassette is determined in accordance with the OPEN/CLOSE status 
of the SA9 and SA16.
Cassette size SA9 SA16
15x30 (cm) cassette CLOSE CLOSE
Small cassette size (metric): 
24x30 (cm), 18x24 (cm) OPEN CLOSE
Small cassette size 
(inch): 10x12 (inch), 8x10 (inch) OPEN OPEN
Large cassette size:
14x17 (inch), 14x14 (inch), 35x43 (cm), 35x35 (cm) OPEN CLOSE
When the SA1 and SA11 close, the SOLA1 is OFF, to hold the cassette.
When the SOLA1 is OFF, the SA2 opens to detect that the cassette is held.
SA11
SA1
SOLA1
SA2SA9
SA16
XL2A105004.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-29
MD-29014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
l From cassette hold to determination of IP conveyance
When it is detected that the cassette is held, the MA1 is driven to close the debris fall 
prevention shutter. When the shutter closes, the SA3 closes and the SA7 opens. When the 
SA3 closes and the SA7 opens, the machine determines that the IP can be conveyed.
 REFERENCES 
- The debris fall prevention shutter prevents a foreign matter (ballpoint pen, clip or the like) 
from falling into the conveyance path in the machine, even when the shutter of the cassette 
inlet is open.
- The SA7 detects whether the debris fall prevention shutter is at its home position.
SA3 : CLOSE
SA7 : OPEN
FRRB105004.ai
l IP retainer operation
When the IP can be conveyed, the MA1 is again driven, and the IP retaining arm retains the 
IP in the cassette. When the IP retaining arm moves from its home position, the SA10 opens 
and detects that the IP is retained.
 REFERENCE 
Pressing the cassette button by the IP retaining arm to retain the IP, the IP is prevented from 
falling until the IP is sucked after the cassette cover opens.
Concurrently, discrimination of a new cassette and an old cassette also takes place. When 
a new cassette is inserted, the SA10 is kept open and when an old cassette is inserted, it is 
kept closed.
SA10 : OPEN
FRRB105005.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-30
MD-30014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
l	 Opening	of	the	cassette	cover
The MA1 is again driven when it is detected that the SA10 opens, to cause the cassette 
cover opening pin to rise and cause the cassette cover to open (SA7 opens).
If the IP drops before the conveyance due to a failure in retaining the IP, the SA4 closes.
SA7 : OPEN
SA4
FRRB105007.ai
 REFERENCE 
The IP drop sensor (SA4: separate sensor) detects that the IP has dropped due to a failure in 
retaining the IP or the like.
l	 From	suction	of	the	IP	to	its	conveyance
When the cassette cover opens, the MA3 is driven to move the IP removal arm to the sucking 
position. When the IP removal arm moves to the sucking position, the SA6 opens. 
The IP is sucked by the IP suction pump (PA1). 
The IP removal arm, when sucking the IP, moves it to the conveyance start position, and then 
starts to convey the IP.
SA6 : OPEN
SA5 : OPEN
FRRB105008.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-31
MD-31014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
l	 IP	suction
<When	the	IP	is	to	be	vacuum-retained		by	the	right-	and	left-hand	suction	cups>
The IP air leak valve (SVA1) turns OFF and the IP suction path changeover valve (SVA2) 
turns ON. The PA1 operates so that the right- and left-hand suction cups vacuum-retain 
the IP.
ON OFF
SVA1SVA2PA1
FRRB105009.ai
<When	the	IP	is	to	be	vacuum-retained	by	the	reference	side	suction	cups>
The IP air leak valve (SVA1) turns OFF and the IP suction path changeover valve (SVA2) 
turns OFF. The PA1 operates so that the left-hand suction cup vacuum-retains the IP.
SVA1SVA2
PA1 OFF OFF
FRRB105010.ai
<When	IP	suction	is	to	be	released>
The IP air leak valve (SVA1) turns ON and the IP suction path changeover valve (SVA2) 
turns ON. This releases IP suction.
SVA1SVA2
PA1 ON ON
FRRB108011.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-32
MD-32014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.2.2 Load Conveyance Operation
n Load Conveyance Operation
l	 From	reading	to	erasure	of	images
The IP which has been read is conveyed to the erasure unit. Images on the IP are erased 
when the IP passes through the erasure unit.
l	 IP	suction
The IP removal arm moves to the IP suction position to suck the IP when the IP is conveyed 
to a predetermined position, and the SA6 opens. When the suction cup comes into contact 
with the IP, the IP suction pump is turned ON to suck the IP.
SA6 : OPEN
FRRB105012.ai
l	 Returning	the	IP	to	the	inside	of	the	cassette
When the suction cup sucks the IP, the IP removal arm moves and moves the IP into the 
cassette. When the IP is moved into the cassette, the IP retaining arm moves to retain the IP 
in the cassette. When the IP retaining arm moves, the SA10 opens.
SA10 : OPEN
FRRB105013.ai
l	 Moving	the	IP	removal	arm	to	the	home	position
When the SA10 opens and it is detected that the IP is retained, the suction cup releases the 
IP it is sucking. After releasing the IP, the IP removal arm returns to the home position, and 
the SA6 closes.
SA6 : CLOSE
FRRB105014.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-33
MD-33014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
l	 Closing	the	cassette	cover
When the SA6 closes and it is detected that the IP removal arm has returned to the home 
position, the cassette cover closing assembly moves to close the cassette cover. The SA8 
opens and the SA12 closes then.
SA12
 : CLOSE
SA8 : OPEN
FRRB105015.ai
l	 Releasing	the	IP	retainer
When the cassette cover closes, the IP retaining arm moves to the home position and the 
SA10 closes.
SA10 : CLOSE
FRRB105016.ai
l	 Moving	the	cassette	cover	closing	assembly
When the IP retainer is released, the cassette cover closing assembly moves to the home 
position. The SA12 opens and the SA8 closes then.
SA12
 : OPEN
SA8 : CLOSE
FRRB105017.ai
l	 Opening	the	debris	fall	prevention	shutter
When the cassette cover closes, the debris fall prevention shutter opens to prevent foreign 
matter from dropping into the conveyance path. The SA7 closes and the SA3 opens then.
SA3 : OPEN
SA7 : CLOSE
FRRB105018.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-34
MD-34014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
l	 Releasing	the	cassette	hold
When the debris fall prevention shutter opens, the SOLA1 is turned ON, to release the 
cassette hold.
When the SOLA1 is turned ON, the SA2 closes. 
When the cassette hold is released, the cassette can be removed.
SA2 : CLOSE
SOLA1 : ON
FRRB105019.ai
l	 Removing	the	cassette
When the cassette is removed, the shutter closes. SA1 and SA11 open, and SA9 and S16 
close.
SA1 : OPEN
SA9 : CLOSE
SA16 : CLOSE
SA11 : OPEN
XL2A105005.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-35
MD-35014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.3	 Erasure	Unit
The erasure unit has three functions, that is, cleaning the IP, erasing images and cleaning the 
brush roller.
It cleans the IP when feeding the IP, and erases the IP and cleans the brush roller when 
loading the IP.
n	 Configuration	of	the	Erasure	Unit,	and	the	IP	Conveyance	Path
The IP is conveyed between the lamp assembly and the reflection plate. The IP conveyance 
roller is driven by the MA4 located on the cassette set unit.
Brush roller
Reflection plate
Filter
IP rear surfaceIP front
surface
(exposure surface) Cassette set unit 
rubber roller
Subscanning unit
rubber rollerXL2A105001.ai
Erasure unit
Lamp
(LED)
n	 Operation	of	the	Erasure	Unit
The operation of the erasure unit differs depending on whether the IP is being fed or loaded.
l	 Operation	when	feeding	the	IP
The brush roller on the lower part of the erasure unit removes dust from the IP. The brush 
roller does not rotate by the half-clutch spur gears.
l	 Operation	when	loading	the	IP
The erasure unit has the following two functions when loading the IP.
- Erasing the image
- Cleaning the brush roller
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-36
MD-36014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.3.1	 IP	Dust	Removal	by	Brush	Rollers	and	Cleaning	the	Brush	
Roller
The brush rollers, which are mounted at the bottom of the erasure unit, are used to remove 
dust and other foreign matter from the IP. The half-clutch spur gears, which are mounted 
on the brush roller assembly, function so that the brush roller operation in the IP reading 
sequence differs from the one in the IP erasure sequence.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-37
MD-37014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
5.4	 Subscanning	Unit
5.4.1	 IP	Reading
When the IP passes over the center roller, laser light is radiated from the scanning optics 
unit.
When the laser radiated from the scanning optics unit comes against the IP, the image 
recorded on the IP emits light. The light emitted from the IP is directly gathered by the light-
collecting guide or reflected by the light collecting mirror and then gathered by the light-
collecting guide.
The light collected on the light-collecting guide is fed to the photomultiplier (PMT board) and 
processed as image data.
The configuration of the scanning optics unit, the light-collecting guide, and the rollers is as 
follows.
5.4.2	 Gripping	Operation	for	IP	Reading
The cam attached to the MZ2 and the SZ2 drive the grip release arm. While the IP is 
gripped/released, the IP is conveyed and read.
If the IP shifts due to the vibration of the motor or oscillation of the machine during the IP 
reading, abnormalities in images might result.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-38
MD-38014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK	PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MD-39
MD-39014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK	PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Troubleshooting (MT)
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
05.31.2013 01 New release (FM6150) All pages
01.31.2014 02 Corrections (FM8222) 11, 43, 49-64, 72-83
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-1
MT-1014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1. Overview of Troubleshooting
1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting
Trouble occurred
Checking the Error Log
 {MT:1.2.1_Checking the Error Log}
1. Errors causing the Console screen to display an error code
 {MT:1.2_Troubleshooting from Error Log}
 {MT:2._Error Code Table}
2. Errors with inability of the RU to communicate with the Console
3. Errors causing image abnormalities
4. Analysis of errors causing the inability to display an error code 
and the inability of the machine to boot
5. Errors causing the inability to update the software or save data
n	 Error	Classifications
RU errors can be roughly classified into the following five categories:
1. Errors causing the Console screen to display an error code
Mechanical, electrical, scanner, or software errors that cause the Console screen to display 
an error code upon error detection
2. Errors with inability of the RU to communicate with the Console
Console-to-RU communication errors that inhibit the RU from becoming ready
3. Errors causing image abnormalities
Errors that result in image abnormalities due to a scratched IP, laser light blockage caused 
by dust, or electrical/scanner system component abnormalities
4. Errors interrupting the progress of a process and causing the inability to 
detect an error code
Errors that occur due to a CPU board, interrupt the progress of a process, and cause the 
inability to detect an error code
5. Errors causing the inability to upgrade the software or save data
Errors that cause a problem between the FTP server and CPU board due to an improper 
FTP server setting, IP address setting, or RU name setting
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-2
MT-2014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.2 Troubleshooting from Error Log
1.2.1 Checking the Error Log
Using the RU PC-TOOL ERROR DB, view the error log and check the occurrence of error
codes.
START
Start the RU PC-TOOL.
 {MU:4.23_Starting and Exiting RU PC-TOOL}
Back up the ERROR LOG and CONFIGURAION.
 {MU:4.15_BACKUP}
Start the ERROR DB to view the error log.
 {MU:4.18_ERROR DB}
END
n Purpose of Making a Backup of the Error Log
An error log is added to the file whenever an error occurs during the operation of the 
machine, and when the file becomes full, its entries are overwritten on a first-in, first-out 
basis.
Before troubleshooting, back up the error log, which contains the information about errors 
encountered during the user’s use of the machine.
If the error log is not backed up beforehand, the information about errors encountered during 
troubleshooting may overwrite the previously logged error information. Therefore, you may 
lose the information about errors that occurred during the user’s use of the machine.
n Purpose of Viewing the Error Log
When an error occurs, it may incur two or more additional errors. The error code displayed 
on the Console represents the last-encountered error.
You must therefore view the error log to locate the error code related to the encountered 
trouble before proceeding to perform troubleshooting.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-3
MT-3014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.2.2 Determining the Error Code of the Encountered Trouble
(1) Group the errors that occurred.
(2) Locate the error that is responsible for the encountered trouble (the error that 
occurred	first).
(Example)
- Error occurrence groups A and B are judged as separate error occurrence groups, 
because the difference between their error occurrence times is 14 minutes.
- The first error in Group A is "12302".
n When an Error Occurred after "Time Data" Was Acquired from the Console
A
B
FRRB201001.ai
Error code that occurred last
Error code that 
occurred second
Code of the error 
that occurred first.
Perform 
troubleshooting 
with this error 
code.
Error codes displayed on the Console screen
n When an Error Occurred before "Time Data" Was Acquired from the 
Console
A
B
FRRB201002.ai
Error code that occurred last
Error code that 
occurred second
Code of the error 
that occurred first.
Perform 
troubleshooting 
with this error 
code.
Error codes displayed on the Console screen
n Error Occurrence Time Recording in Error Log
When errors occur at RU startup, their occurrence time indications vary with the error 
occurrence timing.
l When errors occurred after "time data" was acquired from the Console
Determine the order of error occurrences in accordance with the "occurrence time" 
indications.
12256 xxxx.xx.xx xx:xx:xx 00257D tiphscan____
3D0004 ScnCmFnc.c 2817
12255 xxxx.xx.xx xx:xx:xx 00258D tiphscan____
3D0004 400000,00 00 00 609C 6098 
Error
code
Occurrence
date
FRRB201003.ai
Error code that occurred second
Code of the error that occurred first. 
Perform troubleshooting with this error
code.
l When errors occurred before "time data" was acquired from the Console
The resulting "occurrence date/time" indications look like "0000.00.00 00.00.25".
Note, however, that the time elapsed after power ON is indicated in the "seconds" position 
(underlined) of the "occurrence time" field.
The error having the smallest "seconds" value occurred first.
10300 0000.00.00 00:00:19 00257D tiphscan____
3D0004 ScnCmFnc.c 2817
10302 0000.00.00 00:00:10 00258D tiphscan____
3D0004 400000,00 00 00 609C 6098 
Error
code
Occurrence
date
FRRB201004.ai
Occurrence
time
Error code that occurred second
Code of the error that occurred first. 
Perform troubleshooting with this error
code.
n Purpose of Grouping Errors and Identifying Error that OccurredFirst
If two or more errors are logged and you perform troubleshooting in accordance with the 
error that is not responsible for the encountered trouble, troubleshooting will not easily be 
accomplished. It is therefore necessary to locate the error responsible for the encountered 
trouble (the error that occurred first) before proceeding to conduct troubleshooting.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-4
MT-4014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.2.3 Analysis on the Error Code Table
When the error causing the failure is identified, see the “Probable Cause and Remedy” in the 
error code table, and proceed with the operation.
n Error Code Table Description
The error code table lists error codes in ascending order to facilitate your error code search. 
Each error code is furnished with an error name and a brief description of error occurrence 
conditions.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-5
MT-5014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
n Error Code Detail
FRRB201005.ai
1 X Y Z Z
00 to 99: Reference number for each error category
0 to 9: Error category
0 to 4: Error level
1: 1 for all RU errors
l X: Error level
Error level notations
FATAL error: 0
- The user is notified of an error occurrence.
- Level of error where the routine processing cannot be resumed.
- It is necessary to immediately troubleshoot and take remedial action.
WARNING: 2
- An error is logged, but the user is not notified.
- Level of error where the function associated with the error is rendered unusable.
- It is necessary to immediately troubleshoot and take remedial action.
WARNING: 1
- The user is notified of an error occurrence.
- Errors that occur due to erroneous user operation (incorrect loading of the cassette or IP, 
etc.).
- If this level of error occurred at the same time with another level of warning, it is necessary 
to troubleshoot and take remedial action.
WARNING: 4
- An error is logged, but the user is not notified.
- Errors that occur when a retry operation is performed.
- If the same error occurs frequently and if this level of error occurs at the same time with 
another level of warning, it is necessary to troubleshoot and take remedial action.
WARNING: 3
- An error is logged, but the user is not notified.
- Errors that occur when servicing procedures are performed.
l Y: Error category
0: OS (operating system software), libraries
1: Image processing CPU
2: Scanner control (for front side)
3: Conveyance control
4: Overall control
5: Network control
6: Scanner control (for back side)
7: Electrical/hardware related
8: Reserved
9: Others (software installation, version update, etc.)
l ZZ: Reference number
It is managed according to each error category.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-6
MT-6014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1.3 Turning OFF the High-Voltage Switch
CAUTION
Be sure to turn OFF the high-voltage switch when troubleshooting is to be made with 
the machine cover removed and the power supply turned ON.
The photomultiplier gets damaged if the power supply of the machine is turned ON 
while the high-voltage switch is ON.
(1) Remove the front cover and the right-hand side cover.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
(2) Remove the right-hand side board box plate.
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
(3) Turn OFF the high-voltage switch (S11) of the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-7
MT-7014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
2. Error Code Table
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10001 File open error (1)
[During bootup]
When the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the CPU 
board into the DRAM, error is detected for the file residing in 
the FLASH ROM. Alternatively, an error is detected for the file 
residing in the DRAM.
- Update the version and repair the scanner parameter file.
- Restore the scanner machine-specific data to repair it.
- Replace the CPU board.
10002 File read error (1)
[During bootup] 
When the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the CPU 
board into the DRAM, error is detected for the file residing in 
the FLASH ROM. Alternatively, an error is detected for the file 
residing in the DRAM.
- Update the version and repair the scanner parameter file.
- Restore the scanner machine-specific data to repair it.
- Replace the CPU board.
10003 File format error (1)
[During bootup] 
When the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the CPU 
board into the DRAM, error is detected for the file residing in 
the FLASH ROM. Alternatively, an error is detected for the file 
residing in the DRAM.
- Update the version and repair the scanner parameter file.
- Restore the scanner machine-specific data to repair it.
- Replace the CPU board.
10004 File write error (1)
[During bootup] 
When the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the CPU 
board into the DRAM, 
error is detected for the file residing in the FLASH ROM. 
Alternatively, an error is detected for the file residing in the 
DRAM.
- Update the version and repair the scanner parameter file.
- Restore the scanner machine-specific data to repair it.
- Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-8
MT-8014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10005 File close error (1)
[During bootup] 
When the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the CPU 
board into the DRAM, error is detected for the file residing in 
the FLASH ROM. Alternatively, an error is detected for the file 
residing in the DRAM.
- Update the version and repair the scanner parameter file.
- Restore the scanner machine-specific data to repair it.
- Replace the CPU board.
10207 SED board power supply error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
An error about the connection (power supply) with the leading-
edge detection (SED) board was detected.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the SED board connectors.
- Replace the SED board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SED board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
10220 HV high voltage power supply 
error
[During bootup] 
An error was detected as the HV high voltage data were out 
of range.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the PMT board connectors.
- Replace the PMT board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the PMT board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-9
MT-9014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10222 PMT 15V voltage error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
An error is detected for the PMT analog power supply signal 
(+15VOKH, 15VOKL).
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the PMT board connectors.
- Replace the PMT board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the PMT board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
10223 HV-ON high-voltage value error
[During bootup] 
An error was detected as the HV high voltage data were out 
of range when HV is on.
- Check the fuses of the CPU board. Replace the Alpha II power 
supply, the PIF63A board and the CPU board if the fuse blowout 
recurs immediately after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the PMT board connectors.
- Replace the PMT board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the PMT board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
10240 SYN interval count error [During bootup] 
An error was detected for the out-of-range SYN interval count.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SYN board to the CPU 
board.
-Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-10
MT-10014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10248 Polygon lock timeout (2nd)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The polygon OK signal cannot be detected (twice) within the 
specified time after turning on the polygon.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SYN board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
10250 Leading edge detection timeout
[During routine processing] 
The interrupt for detecting the leading edge did not occur 
within the specified time.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the SED board connectors.
- Replace the SED board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SED board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
10252 Image read error [During bootup or routine processing] 
The image reading error occurred.
- Check the error log for other errors. If any error occurs, analyze it.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the SED board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SED board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-11
MT-11014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10253 FIFO	overflow [During bootup or routine processing] 
The image buffer FIFO was overflowed. 
- Replace the CPU board.
10287 Light-shielding check
[During routine processing] 
It was detected that the QL value was 80 or more when 
detecting S-value shift.
- Check the installation of the plate.
- Perform the check and the removal/reinstallation of the coaxial cable 
of the PMT board.
10311 Cassette hold sensor 
combination inconsistency
[During bootup] 
The cassette width sensors detected an abnormal 
combination when the cassette set unit performed a cassette 
hold operation. The cassette IN sensor (SA1) detected that no 
cassette was present (OPEN). The cassette hold sensor (SA2) 
detected a cassette hold release (CLOSED). The cassette 
ejection sensor (SA11) detected that no cassette was present 
(OPEN).
- Check for abnormalities in installing the cassette hold mechanism.
- Check the detecting area of the sensor (SA2) for smears.
- Reseat the sensor (SA2) connector.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
10312 Cassette sensor combination 
inconsistency (1)
[During bootup] 
The cassette width sensors in the cassette set unit detected 
an abnormal combination. The cassette IN sensor (SA1) 
detected a cassette (CLOSED). The cassette ejection sensor 
(SA11) detected that no cassette was present (OPEN).
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators (SA1 and SA11).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-12
MT-12014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10325 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP release error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home position release operation was performed for 
the cassette cover closing mechanism, the cassette cover 
closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) was driven. However, 
the cassette cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did 
not OPEN within a predetermined period of time. Although 
retries were performed, the maximum retry count was 
exceeded. Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping 
the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12486 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10326
Cassette cover closing 
mechanism home positioning 
error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When an attempt was made to return the cassette cover 
closing mechanism to its home position, the cassette cover 
closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) was driven. However, 
the cassette cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did 
not CLOSE within a predetermined period of time. Although 
retries were performed, the maximum retry count was 
exceeded. Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping 
the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12486 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-13
MT-13014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10327 Debris fall prevention shutter 
close error during bootup
[During bootup] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, it was found that the 
debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) was CLOSED (the 
shutter was closed).
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Replace the sensors.
10328 IP hold release error during 
bootup
[During bootup] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, it was found that the 
cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and a new cassette was detected).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Replace the sensors.
10329 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism HP detection error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) was driven by one 
pulse. However, the cassette cover opening mechanism HP 
sensor (SA7) did not CLOSE within a predetermined period 
of time. Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was detected when 
driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-14
MT-14014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10332 Debris fall preventionshutter 
open error (1)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) was driven (to 
perform an approaching operation). However, the debris fall 
prevention shutter sensor (SA3) detected that the shutter was 
open.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
10333 Debris fall prevention shutter 
open error (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) was driven (to 
perform a returning operation). However, the debris fall 
prevention shutter sensor (SA3) detected that the shutter was 
open.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
10334 Debris fall prevention shutter 
open error (3)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) was driven by one 
pulse. However, the debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) 
detected that the shutter was open.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-15
MT-15014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10336 Suction arm home positioning 
error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a suction arm home positioning operation was 
performed, the suction arm driving motor (MA3) was driven. 
However, it was impossible to detect that the suction arm HP 
sensor (SA6) was OPEN or CLOSED. Although two retries 
were performed, the sensor status was not detected, and the 
system went down. Or, the error was detected when driving/
stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 or 12491 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10340 Cassette size sensor 
combination error (2)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the 
cassette IN sensor and cassette ejection sensor in the 
cassette set unit detected an abnormal combination. The 
cassette ejection sensor (SA11) detected that no cassette 
was present (OPEN). However, the cassette IN sensor (SA1) 
detected a cassette (CLOSED).
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
10343 IP drop detection during bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the IP 
dropping sensor (SA4) detected an IP (CLOSED) to find that 
an IP was dropped.
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-16
MT-16014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10344 IP holding arm release error 
during bootup (1)
[During bootup] 
When an attempt was made to release the cassette IP 
holding arm from the IP holding position, the cassette IP 
holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was held and a new 
cassette was detected). Although retries were performed, 
the maximum retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was 
detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10345 IP holding arm release error 
during bootup (2)
[During bootup] 
When an attempt was made to release the cassette IP holding 
arm from the IP holding position while the cassette cover 
opening mechanism was in the cassette cover open position, 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and a new cassette was detected). Although retries were 
performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded. Or, the 
error was detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-17
MT-17014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10346 Feed IP drop detection during 
bootup (1)
[During bootup] 
When an IP feed operation was performed for a remaining IP 
search process, the IP dropping sensor (SA4) detected an IP 
(CLOSED) to find that an IP was dropped.
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
10347 IP sensor combination error
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the IP 
dropping sensor (SA4) and conveyor unit IP sensor 1 (SC3) 
were CLOSED (detected an IP). Therefore, the system went 
down.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
10348 Remaining IP conveyance error 
(conveyor unit)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the 
IP transport motors (MZ1, MA4, and MC1) were driven. 
However, the IP dropping sensor (SA4) in the cassette set 
unit did not CLOSE within a predetermined period of time (did 
not detect an IP). It is conceivable that the IP may be jammed 
in the conveyor unit.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Checkthe SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-18
MT-18014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10349 Remaining IP conveyance error 
(sub scanning)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the IP 
transport motors (MZ1, MA4, and MC1) were driven. However, 
the IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time (did not detect an IP). It 
is conceivable that the IP may be jammed in the subscanning 
unit.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
10353
Remaining IP length 
measurement conveyance error 
(1)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP length measurement process was 
performed, the IP transport motors (MZ1, MA4, and MC1) 
were driven. However, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit 
did not CLOSE (did not detect an IP) within a predetermined 
period of time. Or, the error was detected when driving one of 
the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-19
MT-19014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10354
Remaining IP length 
measurement conveyance error 
(2)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP length measurement process was 
performed, the IP transport motors (MZ1, MA4, and MC1) 
were driven. However, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor 
unit did not OPEN (did not find that no IP was present) within 
a predetermined period of time. Or, the error was detected 
when stopping one of the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10355
Remaining IP length 
measurement conveyance error 
(3)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP length measurement process was 
performed, the IP transport motors (MZ1, MA4, and MC1) 
were driven. However, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor 
unit did not OPEN (did not find that no IP was present) within 
a predetermined period of time. Or, the error was detected 
when driving/stopping one of the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-20
MT-20014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10356 Nonstandard IP detection
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP length measurement process was 
performed, a nonstandard IP size was detected.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Check to make sure that the sensors (SC3 and SC9) normally work 
by means of the monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Replace the sensors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
10358 Remaining IP side-positioning 
error (1)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP side-positioning process was performed, 
the IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven. 
However, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not 
CLOSE (did not detect an IP) within a predetermined period 
of time. Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping the 
motor.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Check to make sure that the sensor (SC3) normally work by means 
of the monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Replace the sensors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10359 Remaining IP search error
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the IP 
transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven. However, 
one of the motor had an error.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-21
MT-21014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10360 Feed IP drop detection during 
bootup (2)
[During bootup] 
When an IP feed operation was performed within the cassette 
for a remaining IP ejection process, the IP dropping sensor 
(SA4) detected an IP (CLOSED) to find that an IP was 
dropped.
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
10361
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home positioning operation was performed for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism, the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) was driven. 
However, it was impossible to detect that the cassette 
cover opening mechanism HP sensor (SA7) was OPEN or 
CLOSED. Although two retries were performed, the sensor 
status was not detected, and the system went down. Or, the 
error was detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-22
MT-22014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10364 Remaining IP load conveyance 
error during bootup (1)
[Duringbootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, the IP 
transport motors (MA4 and MC1) were driven. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE (did not 
detect an IP) within a predetermined period of time. Or, the 
error was detected when driving one of the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-23
MT-23014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10365 Remaining IP load conveyance 
error during bootup (2)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, the IP 
transport motors (MA4 and MC1) were driven. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not OPEN (did not find 
that no IP was present) within a predetermined period of time. 
Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping one of the 
motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10373 Cassette hold release error [During bootup or routine processing] 
An error was detected when releasing the cassette hold.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10379 Cassette hold error [During bootup or routine processing] 
An error was detected when holding cassette.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-24
MT-24014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10380 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to close the debris fall prevention shutter. 
However, the cassette cover opening mechanism HP sensor 
(SA7) was CLOSED. Or, the error was detected when driving 
the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10382 IP fall prevention driving error
[During routine processing] 
An error was detected when driving the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) for IP fall prevention.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10386 Opening cover error
[During routine processing] 
An error was detected when driving the cassette cover 
opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) to open the cover.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-25
MT-25014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10389 Feed IP suction error
[During routine processing] 
Driving of the suction arm driving motor (MA3), turning on/
off of the IP leak valve (SVA1), turning on/off of the suction 
switching valve (SVA2), and turning on of the IP suction pump 
(PA1) were performed in the feed IP suction operation. Error 
was detected in either operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10390 Feed IP error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
Turning off of the leak valve (SVA1), turning off of the suction 
switching valve (SVA2), driving of the cassette cover opening 
mechanism driving motor (MA1), driving of the suction arm 
driving motor (MA3), and driving of the the IP transport motors 
(MA4) were performed in the IP-feed operation. Error was 
detected in either operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10391 IP holding arm release error (1)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to release the cassette IP holding arm from the IP 
holding position after IP suction. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and a new cassette was detected). Or, the error was 
detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-26
MT-26014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10392 Feed IP leak error
[During routine processing] 
Turning on of the IP leak valve (SVA1), turning on of the 
suction switching valve (SVA2), and turning off of the 
IP suction pump (PA1) were performed in the feed-leak 
operation. An error was detected in either operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10393 Feed IP holding error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
for IP holding was driven. However, it was found that the 
cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and a new cassette was detected). Although retries were 
performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded. Or, the 
error was detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-27
MT-27014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10395 Pre-length-measurement IP 
position detection error (2)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motor (MA4) was driven to return an IP to 
thecassette after an IP drop. However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in 
the housing unit did not OPEN (did not find that no IP was 
present) within a predetermined period of time. Or, the error 
was detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10396 Feed IP conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4/MC1/MZ1) were driven/stopped 
in feed-conveyance operation, and one of the motors had an 
error.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10397 Feed IP conveyance retry 
stopped error
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4/MC1/MZ1) were stopped in 
feed-conveyance operation, and one of the motors had an 
error.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-28
MT-28014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10400 Turn roller nip HP perform error
[During bootup or routine processing]
When a turn roller nip configuration home positioning was 
performed, the turn roller nip configuration driving motor 
(MC2) was driven. However, it was impossible to detect that 
the turn roller nip configuration HP sensor (SC1) was OPEN 
or CLOSED. Although two retries were performed, the sensor 
status was not detected, and the system went down. Or, the 
error was detected when driving/stopping the motor.
10404 BCR read retry conveyance 
error
When an IP return conveyance operation was performed 
during routine processing for the purpose of retrying to read a 
barcode, the IP transport motors (MA4 and MC1) were driven. 
However, the IP dropping sensor (SA4) did not CLOSE (did 
not detect an IP) within a predetermined period of time.
10414 Subscanning conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MC1/MZ1) were driven/stopped in 
reading conveyance, and one of the motors had an error.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-29
MT-29014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10419 Post-reading conveyance error 
(1)
[During routing processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven to 
perform a post-IP-reading conveyance operation. However, 
IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE (did not 
detect an IP) within a predetermined period of time. Although 
retries were performed, the maximum retry count was 
exceeded. Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping 
the motor.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10420 Erasure conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4 and MC1) were driven to 
perform an IP erasure conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not OPEN (did not find 
that no IP was present) within a predetermined period of time. 
Or, the error was detected when driving/stopping one of the 
motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-30
MT-30014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10421 IP suction error (after IP 
reading)
[During routine processing] 
Turning on of the leak valve (SVA1), turning on of the suction 
switching valve (SVA2), and driving of the suction arm driving 
motor (MA3) were performed in the IP-loading operation. 
Error was detected in either operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10422 Load IP drop (1)
[During routine processing] 
After the cassette IP holding arm was released, it was found 
that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to 
IP detection). Therefore, retries were performed. However, 
the maximum retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was 
detected when driving the motor.
[When an IP drops]
- Check for abnormalities of the IP retaining arm mechanism.
[When no IP drops]
- Check for abnormalities of the sensors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10423 Load IP drop (2)
[During routine processing] 
After the cassette cover was closed, it was found that the IP 
dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to IP detection). 
Therefore, retries were performed. However, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded.
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-31
MT-31014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10424 IP holding error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to prevent an IP drop. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSED (the IP 
was not held and an old cassette was detected). Although 
retries were performed, the maximum retry count was 
exceeded. Or, the error was detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10425 IP suction positioning 
preliminary conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
When a suction positioning preliminary conveyance operation 
was performed for a load IP, the IP transport motor (MA4) was 
driven. However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not 
CLOSE (did not detect an IP) within a predetermined period 
of time. Or, the errorwas detected when driving/stopping the 
motor.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-32
MT-32014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10426 IP suction positioning 
conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
When a suction positioning conveyance operation was 
performed for a load IP, the IP transport motor (MA4) was 
driven. However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did 
not OPEN (did not find that no IP was present) within a 
predetermined period of time. Or, the error was detected 
when driving/stopping the motor.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10427 Debris fall prevention shutter 
open error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to release a held IP in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the debris fall prevention shutter 
sensor (SA3) was OPEN (the shutter was open).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-33
MT-33014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10428 IP hold release error (1)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to release a held IP in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the cassette IP holding sensor 
(SA10) was OPEN (the IP was held and a new cassette was 
detected). Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was detected when 
driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10429 IP hold release error (2)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to release a held IP in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the cassette IP holding sensor 
(SA10) was OPEN (the IP was held and a new cassette was 
detected). Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was detected when 
driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-34
MT-34014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10430
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to achieve cassette cover opening mechanism 
home positioning. However, it was found that the debris fall 
prevention shutter sensor (SA3) was CLOSED (the shutter 
was closed). Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was detected when 
driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10432 IP suction relief error
[During routine processing] 
In the load IP leak operation, the following was performed: 
driving of the IP transport motor (MA4), driving of suction arm 
driving motor (MA3), turning off of the IP leak valve (SVA1), 
turning off of the suction switching valve (SVA2), and turning 
off of the IP suction pump (PA1). Error was detected in one of 
the operations.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-35
MT-35014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10433 IP drop after cassette cover 
opening (1)
[During routine processing] 
After the cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to retract the cassette cover opening pin, 
it was found that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED 
(due to IP detection). Or, the error was detected when driving 
the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10434 IP drop after cassette cover 
opening (2)
[During routine processing] 
After a held IP was released in the load sequence, it was 
found that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to 
IP detection).
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-36
MT-36014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10435 IP conveyance error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven. 
However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not OPEN 
(did not find that no IP was present) within a predetermined 
period of time. It is conceivable that the IP may be jammed 
between the erasure unit and conveyor unit. Or, the error was 
detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When noconveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10436 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism drive error (1)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven. However, the cassette cover closing mechanism 
HP sensor (SA8) did not CLOSE within a predetermined 
period of time. Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was detected when 
driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12486 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-37
MT-37014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10439 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism drive error (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven and stopped in the operation of home-positioning 
the closing cover, and an error was detected in either 
operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10440 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism drive retry error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The operation for driving the cassette cover closing 
mechanism was retried, and the cassette cover closing 
mechanism driving motor (MA2) was driven and stopped. An 
error was detected in either operation.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10441 Debris fall prevention shutter 
open error (4)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven by one pulse to perform a home positioning 
operation for the cassette cover opening mechanism. 
However, it was found that the debris fall prevention shutter 
sensor (SA3) was OPEN (the shutter was open).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-38
MT-38014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10443
Bootup cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
error
[During bootup] 
When the cassette cover opening mechanism was moved 
from the reference position to the home position, it was found 
that the debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) was OPEN 
(the shutter was open). Although retries were performed, 
the maximum retry count was exceeded. Or, the error was 
detected when driving the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10444 Subscanning grip roller 
positioning error
[During bootup] 
The subscanning grip motor (MZ2) was driven in the operation 
of positioning the subscanning grip roller to the reference 
side before IP search, but the subscanning grip sensor (SZ2) 
did not close within the specified time period. Or, error was 
detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Check if the motor is working.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-39
MT-39014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10445 Subscanning grip roller free 
rotation error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The subscanning grip motor (MZ2) was driven to freely rotate 
the subscanning grip roller, but the subscanning grip sensor 
(SZ2) did not open within the specified time period. Or, error 
was detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Check if the motor is working.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10446 Subscanning grip roller home-
positioning error
[During routine processing] 
The subscanning grip motor (MZ2) was driven to make 
the subscanning grip roller in the reference position, but 
the subscanning grip sensor (SZ2) did not close within the 
specified time period. Or, error was detected when driving/
stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Check if the motor is working.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-40
MT-40014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10447 Rejection grip roller error
[During routine processing] 
In the operation of rejecting grip, the subscanning grip motor 
(MZ2) was driven, but the subscanning grip sensor (SZ2) 
did not close within the specified time period. Or, error was 
detected when driving/stopping the motor.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Check if the motor is working.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10451 Remaining IP side-positioning 
error (2)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP side-positioning process was performed, 
the IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to achieve IP positioning.However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in the 
housing unit was CLOSED.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Check if the motor is working.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
10456 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP sensor error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When an attempt was made to place the cassette cover 
closing mechanism in its reference position, the cassette 
cover CLOSE position sensor (SA12) was not OPEN.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-41
MT-41014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10460 Bootup cassette new/old 
determination error 
[During bootup] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to determine new/old cassette, and error was 
detected.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10461 Feed conveyance retry error
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform an IP return conveyance operation in the feed 
conveyance retry sequence. However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) in 
the housing unit did not OPEN within a predetermined period 
of time. Or, error was detected when driving/stopping one of 
the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10462 Post-reading conveyance error 
(2)
[During routing processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven to 
perform a post-IP-reading conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not CLOSE (did not 
detect an IP) within a predetermined period of time. Or, error 
was detected when driving one of the motors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
[When the error 12485 concurrently occurs]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-42
MT-42014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10470 IP conveyance before IP 
measurement error
[During routine processing] 
A feed-conveyance error occurred before measuring the 
IP length, and the IP transport motor (MA4) was driven to 
recover, but error was detected.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10471 Arranging IP position 
conveyance error
[During routine processing] 
An error was detected when the IP transport motor (MA4) 
was driven in the processing for positioning IP for feed-
conveyance.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10472 Roller grip 2 release error 
[During routine processing] 
Error was detected when driving the subscanning grip motor 
(MZ2) for releasing the grip of roller 2.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10473 Roller 2 grip error
[During routine processing] 
Error was detected when driving the subscanning grip motor 
(MZ2) for engaging the grip of roller 2.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10474 Roller 1 grip release error
[During routine processing] 
Error was detected when driving the subscanning grip motor 
(MZ2) for releasing error the grip of roller 1.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
10476 Turn roller nip error (2)
[During routine processing] 
The turn roller nip configuration driving motor (MC2) was 
driven to perform a nip operation of the nip in the turn roller 
nip configuration. However, it was impossible to detect that the 
turn roller nip configuration HP sensor (SC1) was CLOSED 
within a predetermined period of time.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-43
MT-43014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
10710 External erasure data 
acquisition error
[During bootup] 
It failed to read the erasure data file.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- Replace the CPU board.
10731 ERS board position error
[ During bootup ] 
It was found that the ERS board was not mounted in the 
correct position. For the correct board position, refer to the 
MD volume.
- Reseat the ERS board connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors (CN5 and CN6).
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the ERS board.
10900 Configuration	initialization	
failure
[During bootup] 
The Iconfiguration data (Irset.cfg) could not be loaded into the 
SDRAM from the flash ROM on the CPU board.
- Again set the configuration information in EDIT CONFIGURATION.
10904 RU type error
[During bootup] 
The RU type acquired by DIPSW of CPU board was not 
correct.
- Check that the CPU board DIP switch (S7) is set as follows:
 Dip-SW No.2: OFF
 Dip-SW No.3: OFF
 Dip-SW No.4: OFF
- Update the version to the newest version.
- Replace the CPU board.
- If any error occurs immediately after replacing the CPU board, 
execute "Initialize APL".
11205 Image signal monitor value 
(simulated current) error
[During bootup] 
When diagnosing the simulated data transfer, the A/D 
conversion data for simulated image were out of range.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the PMT board connectors.
- Replace the PMT board.
- Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-44
MT-44014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11230 LD drive current value error 
(during bootup)
[During bootup] 
The laser drive current value (LDIF) is more than 1.4 times 
the factory default value.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Check that there is no excessive rise in the ambient temperature. 
The laser drive current value (LDIF) is affected by the ambient 
temperature.
11268 Shifted sensitivity (±50 to 
±70%) (WND&LOG)
[During routine processing] 
The calculated SK (current SK) and the initialized SK 
(SKSTART) were compared and converted to S-value, and 
it was detected if the value was within the range of ±50 to 
±70%.
- Replace the light-collecting guide.
11269 Shifted sensitivity (70% or 
more) (WND&LOG)
[During routine processing] 
The calculatedSK (current SK) and the initialized SK 
(SKSTART) were compared and converted to S-value, and it 
was detected if the value was ±70% or more.
- Replace the light-collecting guide.
11280 Initialization HV-OFF status
[During bootup] 
It was found that the high voltage of the photomultiplier (PMT 
board) was OFF.
- Turn ON the HV switch of the CPU board. Check that the red LED 
on the upper right of the switch is lit.
11315 Bootup improper cassette 
loading detection
[During bootup] 
It was found that a cassette was improperly loaded (inserted 
obliquely or into a nonreference position).
[When the cassette is set in the RU]
- Remove the cassette.
[When the cassette is not set in the RU]
- Check to make sure that the sensors (SA1 and SA11) normally work 
by means of the monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-45
MT-45014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11316 Bootup incomplete cassette 
insertion detection
[During bootup] 
It was found that a cassette was incompletely inserted. 
The cassette IN sensor (SA1) detected that no cassette 
was present (OPEN). The cassette ejection sensor (SA11) 
detected that a cassette was present (CLOSED).
[When the cassette is set in the RU]
- Remove the cassette.
[When the cassette is not set in the RU]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
11341 Improper cassette loading 
detection (1)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, an 
incompletely inserted cassette was detected.
The cassette IN sensor (SA1) detected that a cassette was 
present (CLOSED).
The cassette hold sensor (SA2) detected that a cassette hold 
was released (CLOSED).
The cassette ejection sensor (SA11) detected that a cassette 
was present (CLOSED).
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
11342 Improper cassette loading 
detection (2)
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, an 
incompletely inserted cassette was detected.
The cassette IN sensor (SA1) detected that no cassette was 
present (OPEN).
The cassette hold sensor (SA2) detected a cassette hold 
(OPEN).
The cassette ejection sensor (SA11) detected that a cassette 
was present (CLOSED).
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-46
MT-46014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11373 Cassette hold retry error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned OFF (cassette 
hold). However, the cassette hold sensor (SA2) detected that 
a cassette hold was released (CLOSED). Although retries 
were performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded. An 
error results also when the following operation takes place. 
- When the cassette is loaded upside down; 
- When the cassette is loaded front side back.
- Check for abnormalities of the solenoid operation or of the spring.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the solenoid or the sensors.
11375 Cassette not detected
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned OFF (cassette 
hold). However, the cassette IN sensor (SA1) detected that no 
cassette was present (OPEN).
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Check for abnormalities of the solenoid operation.
- Replace the sensors.
11379 Cassette hold release error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned ON (to 
release a cassette hold). However, the cassette hold sensor 
(SA2) detected a cassette hold (OPEN). Although retries were 
performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded.
- Check for abnormalities of the solenoid operation.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
11381 Debris fall prevention shutter 
close error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to close the debris fall prevention shutter. However, 
it was found that the debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) 
was OPEN (the shutter was open). Although retries were 
performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-47
MT-47014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11382 Old cassette loading
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to prevent an IP drop. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSE (old type 
cassette). Although retries were performed, the maximum 
retry count was exceeded. It was therefore concluded that an 
old cassette was loaded.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
11390 Feed IP suction error
[During routine processing] 
It was found that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) was OPEN 
(did not find that no IP was present) prior to the IP feed air 
leak sequence. Although an IP feed operation was retried, the 
maximum retry count was exceeded.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check that the IP is correctly sucked.
- Check for deformation or an installation failure of the suction arm.
- Check for errors in the IP suction pump.
- Check for errors in the IP air leak valve.
11396 Feed IP conveyance error (1)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a feed conveyance operation. However, IP sensor 
2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE (did not detect an 
IP) within a predetermined period of time. Although retries 
were performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-48
MT-48014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11397 Feed IP conveyance error (2)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a feed conveyance operation. However, IP sensor 
1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not CLOSE (did not detect 
an IP) within a predetermined period of time. Although retries 
were performed, the maximum retry count was exceeded.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
11398 NonstandardIP size
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP length measurement process was 
performed, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit and 
"15x30/24x30 IP width" identifying sensor (SC9) detected 
an abnormal combination. It was therefore concluded that a 
nonstandard IP size was encountered. 
[ During routine processing] 
In the feed-conveyance operation, the IP sensor 2 (SG1) in 
the housing unit and "15x30/24x30 IP width" identifying sensor 
(SC9) were in the unlikely combination, It was therefore 
concluded that a nonstandard IP size was encountered.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Check to make sure that the sensors (SC3, SG1 and SC9) normally 
work by means of the monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Replace the sensors.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
11403 Barcode reading retry error
The barcode could not be read during routine processing. 
Although the barcode reading operation was retried, the 
maximum retry count was exceeded.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-49
MT-49014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11405 Barcode reading retry 
conveyance error
The IP transport motors (MA4 and MC1) were driven during 
routine processing to perform a barcode reading retry 
conveyance operation. However, IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the 
side-positioning conveyor unit did not CLOSE (did not detect 
an IP) within a predetermined period of time.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the Alpha II power supply, the 
PIF63A board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs immediately 
after replacement of the fuses.
11406 Nonstandard IP size
During routine processing, the IP size detected in an IP length 
measurement process and the IP type detected in a barcode 
reading operation formed an abnormal combination.
11407 Unacceptable IP generation/
type detection
The IP type detected in a barcode reading operation during 
routine processing was other than specification.
11414 Subscanning conveyance error 
(1)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MZ1 and MC1) were driven to 
perform a reading conveyance operation. However, IP sensor 
1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not OPEN (did not find that 
no IP was present) within a predetermined period of time.
Or the leading-edge detection interrupt did not occur within a 
predetermined period of time.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors (SC3) or the motors.
- Check the CPU board fuses. Replace the PSU27A power supply, 
the PSU27B board and CPU board if the fuse blowout recurs 
immediately after replacement of the fuses.
- Reseat the SED board connectors.
- Replace the SED board.
- Replace the cables connecting from the SED board to the CPU 
board.
- Replace the CPU board.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-50
MT-50014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11415 Subscanning conveyance error 
(2)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MZ1 and MC1) were driven to 
perform a reading conveyance operation. As a result, a 
leading-edge detection interrupt occurred. However, IP 
sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not OPEN within a 
predetermined period of time.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors (SC3) or the motors.
11416 Subscanning conveyance error 
(3)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MZ1/MC1) were driven for a reading 
conveyance operation, and a leading-edge detection interrupt 
occurred. The IP sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit became 
OPEN, but a tailing-edge detection interrupt did not occur 
within the specified time.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors (SC3) or the motors.
11454 Empty cassette ejection 
request
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, an 
empty cassette was detected. It was therefore requested that 
the cassette be ejected.
- Remove the cassette.
- Make sure that no IP remains inside the machine.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-51
MT-51014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11460 Old cassette loading during 
bootup
[During bootup] 
The cassette IP holding arm performed an IP holding 
operation to determine whether the cassette type was old 
or new. However, it was found that the cassette IP holding 
sensor (SA10) was CLOSED (the IP was not held and an old 
cassette was detected). Although retries were performed, 
the maximum retry count was exceeded. It was therefore 
concluded that an old cassette was encountered.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
11475 Turn roller nip error (1)
[During routine processing] 
The turn roller nip configuration driving motor (MC2) was 
driven to perform a nip operation of the nip in the turn roller 
nip configuration. However, it was impossible to detect that 
the turn roller nip configuration HP sensor (SC1) was OPEN 
within a predetermined period of time.
11480 Insufficient	erasure	due	to	over	
X-ray dose
[During routine processing] 
The over X-ray dose was detected in the erasure mode 
processing, so the message was displayed and the 
insufficiently erased IP was returned to the cassette.
- Again erase the IP.
- Confirm the S value, and carry out sensitivity correction when 
needed.
11495 Unread IP ejection during 
bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, an 
unread IP in the machine was returned to a cassette and then 
the cassette was ejected.
-
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-52
MT-52014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11498 Request for an empty cassette 
having	a	specified	size
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, the 
insertion of an empty cassette having a specified size was 
requested.
-
11499 Unread IP ejection during 
bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, an 
unread IP in the machine was returned to a cassette and then 
the cassette was ejected.
-
11510 Unread IP ejection The IP was ejected into the cassette without being read. -
11511 Patient information not 
registered
<User operation> 
This error occurs if no menu is selected at the time of image 
output. 
<Occurrence condition analysis> 
The patient information relevant to the processed IP was not 
registered in the CL.
-
11530 Image data retransmission The RU has retransmitted the image data to the CL -
11531 Retransmission retry failure
[Duringroutine processing] 
An attempt is made to retransmit the unsent image data 
from the RU to the CL after communication with the CL is 
suspended; however, the CL rejects it, so that the image data 
is lost and the cassette is ejected.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Check that the IP address of the “master CL” set in the RU is correct.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
11700
Erasure time extension due 
to erasure lamp illumination 
failure
Some erasure lamps failed to illuminate. Therefore, the message 
appeared, and a process was performed in the erasure 
extension mode in which the erasure time was extended. For the 
number of unlit erasure lamps, refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-53
MT-53014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11701
Inadequate erasure due to 
erasure lamp illumination 
failure
A predetermined number of erasure lamps failed to illuminate. 
The erasure degeneration mode then prevailed due to 
inadequate erasure. An unerased IP was ejected into the 
cassette. The message appeared and the user made a mode 
selection. For the number of unlit erasure lamps, refer to the 
MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11702 Erasure lamp life end advance 
notice
A predetermined cumulative erasure lamp illumination 
time was exceeded. Therefore, the message appeared to 
indicate that the lamp life end is about to be reached. For the 
predetermined cumulative erasure lamp illumination time, 
refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11703 Erasure lamp life end 1
The life end warning message appeared because a 
predetermined cumulative erasure lamp illumination time was 
exceeded. For the predetermined cumulative erasure lamp 
illumination time, refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11704 Erasure lamp life end 2
The life end message appeared because a predetermined 
cumulative erasure lamp illumination time was exceeded. For 
the predetermined cumulative erasure lamp illumination time, 
refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11732 Erasure time extension due to 
ERS board failure
Some erasure lamps failed to illuminate due to an ERS board 
failure. Therefore, the erasure time was extended. For the 
number of unlit erasure lamps, refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11733 Erasure degeneration due to 
ERS board failure
A predetermined number of erasure lamps failed to illuminate 
due to an ERS board failure. The erasure degeneration mode 
then prevailed, and an unerased IP was ejected into the 
cassette. For the number of unlit erasure lamps, refer to the 
MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
11760 Inadequately erased IP ejection
An IP that was inadequately erased due, for instance, to an 
erasure lamp illumination failure was returned to the cassette, 
and the cassette was ejected.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-54
MT-54014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11780 Erasure lamp unit cleaning 
preliminary message 
Erasure lamp cleaning preliminary message was displayed 
since the number of days since the last cleaning date or the 
number of erasure processing exceeded the specified value.
- Clean the erasure filter.
11781 Erasure lamp unit cleaning 
warning 
Erasure lamp cleaning warning message was displayed since 
the number of days since the last cleaning date or the number 
of erasure processing exceeded the specified value.
- Clean the erasure filter.
11901 Right-side	cover	air	filter	life	
end indication
The message appeared and the error was logged because 
the life end of the right cover air filter was reached, that is, 
an IP conveyance count of 90,000 (2 years) was exceeded. 
Replace the air filter.
11902 Erasure unit brush roller life 
end indication
The message appeared and the error was logged because 
the life end of the erasure unit brush roller was reached, that 
is, an IP conveyance count of 90,000 (2 years) was exceeded. 
Replace the brush roller.
- Replace the brush roller.
11904 Erasure	lamp	filter	life	end	
indication
The message appeared and the error was logged because 
the life end of the erasure lamp filter was reached, that is, 
an IP conveyance count of 90,000 (2 years) was exceeded. 
Replace the lamp filter.
- Replace the erasure filter.
11905 IP suction pump life end
The message appeared and the error was logged because 
the life end of the IP suction pump was reached, that is, an 
IP conveyance count of 135,000 (3 years) was exceeded. 
Replace the pump.
- Replace the IP suction pump.
11906 Laser life end The message appeared because a predetermined cumulative 
laser illumination time was exceeded.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-55
MT-55014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
11907 Log information save error 
during shutdown process
[During shutdown processing] 
An error occurred when an attempt was made to save error 
log/trace information in the FTP server.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
11950
Cassette insertion before 
console connection 
establishment
The message appeared and the cassette was ejected 
because the cassette was inserted before the connection to 
the console was established.
-
11951 Cassette setting failure
The message appeared because the cassette was not 
inserted all the way in and two seconds elapsed.
An error results also when the following operation takes place.
- When the cassette is slantly loaded;
- When the cassette is inserted into an opposite side to 
reference;
- When a cassette of an inch type is loaded into a metric-type 
machine.
-
12001 File open error 1 (FTP) [During MUTL operation] 
An error occurred in the FTP server file open sequence.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
12004 File write error 1 (FTP) [During MUTL operation] 
An error occurred in the FTP server file write sequence.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
12207 SED board power supply error 
(during routine processing)
[During routine processing] 
An error about the connection (power supply) with the leading-
edge detection (SED) board was detected.
- Take action when the error code 10207 occurs.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-56
MT-56014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12220 HV high voltage power supply 
error
[During routine processing] 
An error was detected as the HV high voltage data were out 
of range.
- Take action when the error code 10220 occurs.
12223 HV-ON high-voltage value error
[During routine processing] 
An error was detected as the HV high voltage data were out 
of range when HV is on.
- Take action when the error code 10223 occurs.
12224 Difference value error of HV 
high voltage power supply 
[During routine processing] 
An error about the HV detection value signal of PMT board 
was detected. The difference between the minimum and 
maximum monitor values is outof range when compared to 
the setting value.
- Reseat the PMT board connectors.
- Replace the PMT board.
- Replace the Alpha II power supply.
- Replace the PIF63A board.
- Replace the CPU board.
12231 LD monitor value error warning
[During routine processing] 
The difference between minimum and maximum of the laser 
drive current monitor value is out of specification.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the Alpha II power supply.
- Replace the PIF63A board.
- Replace the CPU board.
12233 LD light intensity error [During routine processing] 
The laser light intensity is less than 50%.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the Alpha II power supply.
- Replace the PIF63A board.
- Replace the CPU board.
12240 SYN interval count error [During routine processing] 
An error was detected for the out-of-range SYN interval count.
- Take action when the error code 10240 occurs.
12245 Polygon surface counter 
timeout
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The interrupt was not notified within 150 ms of LD ON.
- Same as the error code 10248.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-57
MT-57014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12246 SYN interval count difference 
value error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The difference between the minimum and maximum SYN 
interval counts during reading was out of the specified range.
- Reseat the connectors connecting with the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the scanning optics unit.
- Replace the Alpha II power supply.
- Replace the PIF63A board.
- Replace the CPU board.
12247 Polygon improper index
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The interrupt status occurred as there was an error of interval 
for the index signal, which is generated for every rotation of 
polygon.
- Same as the error code 10248.
12248 Polygon lock timeout (1st)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
After polygon "ON", the polygon "OK" signal cannot detect 
within predetermined period of time (1st time).
- Same as the error code 10248.
12249 Polygon lock error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
An error for the polygon lock signal (POKL, PONL) is 
detected.
- Same as the error code 10248.
12254 Trailing edge detection timeout
[During routine processing] 
The interrupt for detecting the tailing edge did not occur within 
the specified time.
-
12268 Shifted sensitivity 
(±50 to ±70%) (LOG)
[During routine processing] 
The calculated SK (current SK) and the initialized SK 
(SKSTART) were compared and converted to S-value, and 
it was detected if the value was within the range of ±50 to 
±70%.
- Again carry out sensitivity correction.
12269 Shifted sensitivity 
(70% or more) (LOG)
[During routine processing] 
The calculated SK (current SK) and the initialized SK 
(SKSTART) were compared and converted to S-value, and it 
was detected in case the value was ±70% or more.
- Again carry out sensitivity correction.
12288 Scanner retry [During bootup or routine processing] 
The operation of the polygon or HV ON was retried. 
-
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-58
MT-58014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12325 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP release retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven to perform a home position release operation for 
the cassette cover closing mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did not OPEN 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12326
Cassette cover closing 
mechanism home positioning 
retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover closing mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12329
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry (1)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven by one pulse to perform a home positioning 
operation for the cassette cover opening mechanism. 
However, the cassette cover opening mechanism HP sensor 
(SA7) did not CLOSE within a predetermined period of time. 
Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-59
MT-59014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12330
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover opening mechanism HP sensor (SA7) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12331
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover opening mechanism HP sensor (SA7) did not OPEN 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12336 Suction arm home positioning 
retry (1)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The suction arm driving motor (MA3) was driven by one pulse 
to perform a home positioning operation for the suction arm. 
However, the suction arm HP sensor (SA6) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-60
MT-60014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12337 Suction arm home positioning 
retry (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The suction arm driving motor (MA3) was driven to perform 
a home positioningoperation for the suction arm. However, 
the suction arm HP sensor (SA6) did not CLOSE within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12338 Suction arm home positioning 
retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The suction arm driving motor (MA3) was driven to perform 
a home positioning operation for the suction arm. However, 
the suction arm HP sensor (SA6) did not OPEN within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12344 IP holding arm release retry 
during bootup (1)
[During bootup] 
When an attempt was made to release the cassette IP 
holding arm from the IP holding position, it was found that the 
cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and a new cassette was detected). Therefore, a retry 
was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-61
MT-61014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12345 IP holding arm release retry 
during bootup (2)
[During bootup] 
When an attempt was made to release the cassette IP holding 
arm from the cassette cover opening position, it was found 
that the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the 
IP was held and a new cassette was detected). Therefore, a 
retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12361
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry (1)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven by one pulse to perform a home positioning 
operation for the cassette cover opening mechanism. 
However, the cassette cover opening mechanism HP sensor 
(SA7) did not CLOSE within a predetermined period of time. 
Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12362
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover opening mechanism HP sensor (SA7) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-62
MT-62014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12363
Cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover opening mechanism HP sensor (SA7) did not OPEN 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12373 Cassette hold retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned OFF (cassette 
hold). However, the cassette hold sensor (SA2) detected that 
a cassette hold was released (CLOSED). Therefore, a retry 
was performed.
- Check for abnormalities of the solenoid operation or of the spring.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the solenoid or the sensors.
12376 Cassette undetected in cassette 
hold sequence
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned OFF (cassette 
hold). However, the cassette ejection sensor (SA11) detected 
that no cassette was present (OPEN).
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Replace the sensors.
12379 Cassette hold release retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette hold pin solenoid (SOLA1) turned ON (to 
release a cassette hold). However, the cassette hold sensor 
(SA2) detected a cassette hold (OPEN). Therefore, a retry 
was performed.
- Check for abnormalities of the solenoid operation.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-63
MT-63014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12381 Debris fall prevention shutter 
close retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor 
(MA1) was driven to close the debris fall prevention shutter. 
However, it was found that the debris fall prevention shutter 
sensor (SA3) was OPEN (the shutter was open). Therefore, a 
retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check that no debris falls in an opening of the debris fall prevention 
shutter.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12382 Old cassette loading retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to prevent an IP drop. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSE (old type 
cassette). Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12383 Suction arm home positioning
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a suction arm home position was checked, it was found 
that the suction arm HP sensor (SA6) was OPEN. Therefore, 
the suction arm was returned to its home position.
-
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-64
MT-64014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12386 IP drop detection (1)
[During routine processing] 
After the cassette cover was opened, it was found that theIP 
dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to IP detection).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
12388 IP drop detection (2)
[During routine processing] 
After IP suction, it was found that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) 
was CLOSED (due to IP detection).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
12390 Feed IP suction retry
[During routine processing] 
It was found that the IP drop sensor (SA4) was OPEN (did 
not find that no IP was present) prior to the IP feed air leak 
sequence. Therefore, an IP feed operation was retried.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check that the IP is correctly sucked.
- Check for deformation or an installation failure of the suction arm.
- Check for errors in the IP suction pump.
- Check for errors in the IP air leak valve.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-65
MT-65014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12391 IP holding arm release error (2)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to release the cassette IP holding arm from the IP 
holding position after IP suction. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was OPEN (the IP was 
held and an new type cassette was detected).
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12393 Feed IP fall prevention retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to hold an IP. However, it was found that the 
cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSED (the IP was 
not held and a old type cassette was detected). Therefore, a 
retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12396 Feed IP conveyance retry (1)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a feed conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-66
MT-66014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12397 Feed IP conveyance retry (2)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a feed conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 1 (SC3) in the conveyor unit did not CLOSE within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12399 IP length measurement retry
[During routine processing] 
An IP length measurement process was performed with IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit in the feed conveyance 
sequence. However, IP sensor 2 (SG1) CLOSED within a 
short period of time. Therefore, the IP length measurement 
process was retried.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12400 Turn grip roller mechanism 
home positioning retry (1)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The turn roller nip configuration driving motor (MC2) was 
driven by one pulse to perform a home positioning operation 
for a turn roller nip configuration. Howerver, the turn roller 
nip configuration HP sensor (SC1) did not CLOSE within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-67
MT-67014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12401 Turn grip roller mechanism 
home positioning retry (2)
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The turn roller nip configuration driving motor (MC2) was 
driven to perform a home positioning operation for a turn roller 
nip configuration. Howerver, the turn roller nip configuration 
HP sensor (SC1) did not CLOSE within a predetermined 
period of time. Therefore, a retry was performed.
12402 Turn grip roller mechanism 
home positioning retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The turn roller nip configuration driving motor (MC2) was 
driven to perform a home positioning operation for a turn roller 
nip configuration. Howerver, the turn roller nip configuration 
HP sensor (SC1) did not OPEN within a predetermined period 
of time. Therefore, a retry was performed.
12403 Barcode reading retry The barcode could not be read during routine processing. 
Therefore, the barcode reading operation was retried.
12419 Post-reading conveyance retry
[During routing processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a postreading conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE (did not 
detect an IP) within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, 
a retry was performed.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-68
MT-68014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12422 Load IP drop retry (1)
[During routine processing] 
After an IP hold release operation was performed, it was 
found that the IP dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to 
IP detection). Therefore, a retry was performed.
- Check the sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12423 Load IP drop retry (2)
[During routine processing] 
After the cassette cover was closed, it was found that the IP 
dropping sensor (SA4) was CLOSED (due to IP detection). 
Therefore, a retry was performed.
- Checkthe sensors for smears (on the light-receiving and light-
emitting regions).
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12424 Load IP hold retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to prevent an IP drop. However, it was found that 
the cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSED (the 
IP was not held and an old type cassette was detected). 
Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-69
MT-69014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12428 Load IP hold release retry (1)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to release an IP hold in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the cassette IP holding sensor 
(SA10) was OPEN (the IP was held and a new type cassette 
was detected). Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12429 Load IP hold release retry (2)
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to release an IP hold in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the cassette IP holding sensor 
(SA10) was OPEN (the IP was held and a new type cassette 
was detected). Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12430 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism HP drive retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover opening mechanism. However, it was found 
that the debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) was 
CLOSED (the shutter was closed). Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-70
MT-70014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12436 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism drive retry
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven. However, the cassette cover closing mechanism 
HP sensor (SA8) did not CLOSE within a predetermined 
period of time. Therefore, a retry was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12438
Cassette cover closing 
mechanism home positioning 
retry
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover closing mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12439
Cassette cover closing 
mechanism home positioning 
retry error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven to perform a home positioning operation for the 
cassette cover closing mechanism. However, the cassette 
cover closing mechanism HP sensor (SA8) did not CLOSE 
within a predetermined period of time. Although retries were 
performed, the maximum retry count was 
exceeded.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-71
MT-71014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12440
Cassette cover closing 
mechanism close positioning 
error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The cassette cover closing mechanism driving motor (MA2) 
was driven to place the cassette cover closing mechanism 
in the close position. However, the cassette cover CLOSE 
position sensor (SA12) did not CLOSE within a predetermined 
period of time.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12441 Cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP check
[During bootup or routine processing] 
When a home position check was performed on the cassette 
cover closing mechanism, the cassette cover closing 
mechanism HP sensor (SA8) was OPEN. Therefore, the 
cassette cover closing mechanism was placed at its home 
position.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12442 IP found in remaining IP 
ejection cassette during bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, an IP 
was found in the cassette.
- Set an empty cassette.
12443
Bootup cassette cover opening 
mechanism home positioning 
retry
[During bootup] 
When the cassette cover opening mechanism was moved 
from the reference position to the home position, it was 
found that the debris fall prevention shutter sensor (SA3) 
was CLOSED (due to IP detection). Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-72
MT-72014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12445 Subscanning grip roller free 
rotation error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The subscanning grip motor (MZ2) was driven to freely rotate 
the subscanning grip roller, but the subscanning grip sensor 
(SZ2) did not open within the specified time period. Or, error 
was detected when driving/stopping the motor.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakageof cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12446 Subscanning grip roller home-
positioning error
[During routine processing] 
The subscanning grip motor (MZ2) was driven to make 
the subscanning grip roller in the reference position, but 
the subscanning grip sensor (SZ2) did not close within the 
specified time period. Or, error was detected when driving/
stopping the motor.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12449 Cassette cover opening 
mechanism operation error
[During routine processing] 
The cassette cover opening mechanism driving motor (MA1) 
was driven to release an IP hold in the load sequence. 
However, it was found that the cassette cover opening 
mechanism HP sensor (SA7) was CLOSED.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12452 No remaining-IP ejection empty 
cassette during bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP ejection process was performed, a 
remaining IP was detected in the machine. However, it was 
found that there was no ejection cassette in the cassette set 
unit.
[When the cassette is set in the RU]
- Check to make sure that the sensors (SA1, SA2 and SA11) normally 
work by means of the monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
[When the cassette is not set in the RU]
- Set the cassette.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-73
MT-73014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12455 Two IPs remaining during 
bootup
[During bootup] 
When a remaining IP search process was performed, the IP 
dropping sensor (SA4) in the cassette set unit and IP sensor 
1 (SC3) in the side-positioning conveyor unit were both 
CLOSED (due to IP detection). It was therefore concluded 
that there were a plurality of IPs in the machine.
[When a plurality of IPs are present in the machine]
- Once turn OFF the main power switch of the machine, and then turn 
it ON again. (Restarting the machine, operation of automatically 
returning the IP to the cassette will be repeated.)
[When no IP or a single IP is present in the machine]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12460 Old/new cassette judgment 
retry during bootup
[During bootup] 
When the cassette IP holding arm held an IP to determine 
whether an old or new cassette is used, it was found that the 
cassette IP holding sensor (SA10) was CLOSED (the IP was 
not held and an old cassette was detected). Therefore, a retry 
was performed.
[When an error occurs in mechanism operations]
- Check assembly of the mechanism.
[When the mechanism normally works]
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-74
MT-74014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12474 Feed IP conveyance error (3)
[During routine processing] 
The IP transport motors (MA4, MC1, and MZ1) were driven 
to perform a feed conveyance operation. However, IP 
sensor 2 (SG1) in the housing unit did not CLOSE within 
a predetermined period of time. Therefore, a retry was 
performed.
[When a conveyance error occurs]
- Check for mixture of debris in the IP conveyance path.
- Check for abnormalities in rotation of the conveyance roller.
[When no conveyance error occurs]
- Check to make sure that the sensors normally work by means of the 
monitor function of the RU PC-TOOL.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Check the SND board fuses.
- Replace the sensors or the motors.
12477 Turn grip roller mechanism HP 
check
[ During bootup or routine processing ]When a home position 
check was performed on the turn grip roller mechanism, the 
turn grip roller mechanism HP sensor (SC1) was OPEN. 
Therefore, the cassette cover closing mechanism was placed 
at its home position.
12485 Pulse motor error Error occurred when driving/stopping the pulse motor.
[When the error 13485 concurrently occurs]
- Not problem. No countermeasure is necessary.
[When the error does not concurrently occur with the error 13485]
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12486 DC motor error Error occurred when driving/stopping the DC motor.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12487 Sensor error Error occurred when acquiring the sensor status.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-75
MT-75014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12488 Fuse error Error occurred when acquiring the fuse condition.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12489 Solenoid error Error occurred when turning on/off the solenoid.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12490 Pump error Error occurred when turning on/off the pump.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12491 Valve error Error occurred when turning on/off the valve.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12510 Message format error [During bootup or routine processing] 
An illegal command was received from the CL.
-
12520 Message transmission failure
[During bootup or routine processing] 
An attempt to transmit a message from the RU to the CL 
failed.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
12521 RES message receiving timeout
[During bootup or routine processing] 
A REQUEST message is transmitted from RU to CL, however, 
RU cannot receive a RESPONSE message, thus resulting in 
a time-out.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-76
MT-76014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12522 ACK receiving time-out
[During bootup or routine processing] 
A message is transmitted from RU to CL,however, RU cannot 
receive ACK, thus resulting in a time-out.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
12523 SET command CL receiving 
error
[During routine processing] 
Although the SET command was transmitted from the RU, a 
signal other than OK was received as a response from the 
CL. After the processed IP returns to a cassette, the cassette 
is ejected so that the associated message appears on the RU 
panel.
-
12750 Unlit erasure lamp detection 
error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
An error was detected when acquiring the status of lamp 
being unlit.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12753 Erasure lamp turning off error [During bootup or routine processing] 
An error was detected when turning off the erasure lamps.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12754 Erasure lamp lighting error [During bootup or routine processing] 
An error was detected when turning on the erasure lamps.
- Update the version to the newest version.
- A driver defect is suspended if the problem is not solved by version 
update. (For design analysis)
12770 ERS board port 1 failure
[During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the ERS-board-mounted fuse for port 1 
was blown. For the ERS board location and port numbers, 
refer to the MD volume.
- Replace the lamp assembly.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-77
MT-77014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
12817 Blown fuse F7 of CPU board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F7 of CPU board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12818 Blown fuse F10 of CPU board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F10 of CPU board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12825 Blown fuse F19 of CPU board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F19 of CPU board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12845 Blown fuse F4 of SND board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F4 of SND board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12846 Blown fuse F9 of SND board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F9 of SND board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12847 Blown fuse F10 of SND board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F10 of SND board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12848 Blown fuse F13 of CPU board [During bootup or routine processing] 
It was detected that the fuse F13 of CPU board was blown.
- Replace the fuse.
12990 FTP server access error
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The FTP server cannot be accessed for communication from 
the RU to the CL. Or, the FTP server may be accessed, but a 
connection cannot be established.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
13230 Laser drive current value error
[During routine processing] 
The laser drive current value (LDIF) is more than 1.4 times 
the factory default value.
- Take action when the error code 10230 or 11906 occurs.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-78
MT-78014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
13232 Updating the drive current 
maximum value
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The drive current maximum value was more than the total of 
initial current value maximum value + specified value.
-
13275 Format adjustment data error
[During MUTL operation] 
When format adjustments are performed, out-of-range data is 
inputted.
-
13276 File restore error [During MUTL operation] 
An error occurred when restoring the SCN data.
- Check that file extension is “.dat”.
13277 Correction recording 
calculation cancel
[During MUTL operation] 
It failed to create the shading correction data. Shading 
correction should be performed again.
- Replace the CPU board, and again carry out shading correction.
13281 Reading IP size error
[During MUTL operation] 
The IP of the size other than the input size is inserted for 
shading correction, so that error is detected.
- Carry out shading correction by means of a 14 x 17 inch (35 x 43 cm) 
or 14 x 14 inch (35 x 35 cm) IP.
13282 SHD/POLYGON correction data 
error
[During MUTL operation] 
It failed to create the correction data as the difference between 
the minimum and maximum QL values of the shading data 
exceeded the specified value.
- Carry out shading correction by means of a scratch-free IP.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-79
MT-79014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
13283 HVCNT value error [During MUTL operation] 
An out-of-spec HV is inputted.
- Carry out sensitivity correction by means of IPs exposed to doses of 
1 mR to 10 mR.
13288 SHD data write error [During MUTL operation] 
It failed to write the SHD data into the Flash ROM.
- Replace the CPU board, and again carry out shading correction.
13312 Bootup cassette sensor 
combination inconsistency
[During bootup] 
The cassette IN sensor (SA1), cassette hold sensor (SA2), 
cassette OUT sensor (SA11) and cassette size sensor(SA9) 
detected an abnormal combination.
- Check for breakage of the sensor actuators.
- Check the detecting areas of the sensors for smears.
- Reseat the sensor connectors.
- Reseat the SND board connectors.
- Check for coating detachment or breakage of cables.
- Replace the sensors.
13485 Stop command for the stopped 
motor
Although the motor was already stopped, a command for 
stopping was sent.
-
13520 Detection of communication 
abortion to CL
[During bootup or routine processing] 
It is detected that the communication between the CL and the 
RU is broken.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
13521 CL communication failure 
detected
[During bootup or routine processing] 
The connection is suspended and initialization of 
communication between the CL and RU is performed again, 
because the communication between the CL and RU is 
broken.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-80
MT-80014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Error
Code Error Name Occurrence Condition Probable Cause and Remedy
13530 CL image data receive timeout
The CL was too late receiving the image data sent from the 
RU, so that the image was retransmitted from the RU. 
The network is overloaded, or a communication error occurs 
due to hardware failure of the network, thereby causing 
frequent retries.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between theCL and RU.
13900 FTP server data acquisition 
failure
[During bootup] 
The data cannot be gotten from FTP server and it is set to an 
initial value.
- Check for errors on the network equipment such as the LAN cable 
and the hub.
- Execute the PING command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check the 
connection between the CL and RU.
- Execute the FTP command in the RU PC-TOOL, and check to make 
sure that the FTP server is correctly set.
- Make sure that the IIS (Internet information service) is installed.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-81
MT-81014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
3. Abnormal Images
3.1 Troubleshooting Abnormal Images
n Image Nonuniformity (Horizontal Streaks in the Subscanning Direction)
FRRB203001.ai
Image nonuniformity 
(25 mm-pitch nonuniformity)
[Possible cause]
A scratch or crack is present on the spur gear 
of the subscanning center roller.
* Nonuniformity is observed at 25 mm intervals 
in the subscanning direction. 
The nonuniformity can be visually recognized.
[Countermeasure]
Replace the spur gear of the subscanning 
center roller. 
“MC 9.7 Center Roller”
No.1
<Example> 14x17 inch (35x43 cm) IP
FRRB203002.ai
Image nonuniformity
(entire 5 mm-pitch nonuniformity)
[Possible cause]
A scratch or crack is present on the gear of 
the subscanning motor (MZ1).
[Countermeasure]
Replace the subscanning motor (MZ1).
“MC 9.3 IP Transport Motor (MZ1)”
No.2
* Nonuniformity is observed at 5 mm intervals in 
the subscanning direction. The nonuniformity 
cannot be visually recognized. 
(A microscope is needed to check.)
<Example> 14x17 inch (35x43 cm) IP
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-82
MT-82014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
FRRB203003.ai
No.3
A
B
C
D
E
<Example 1>
Image nonuniformity [Possible cause]
The cleaning brush is accidentally operated 
when reading the image (areas A to E in the 
left figure).
[Countermeasure]
The cleaning brush should not be operated 
while reading the image.
<Example 2>
<Example 3>
<Example 4>
14x17 inch (35x43 cm) IP
14x14 inch (35x35 cm) IP
14x17 inch (35x43 cm) IP
18x24 cm IP
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MT-83
MT-83014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
BLANK PAGE
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of 
Parts (MC)
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
05.31.2013 01 New release (FM6150) All pages
01.31.2014 02 Corrections (FM8222) 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 18, 24, 27, 31-151
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-1
MC-1014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
1. Check/Adjustment Procedures for Each 
Unit
1.1 Precautions for Check, Replacement, and Adjustment
- In this volume, descriptions are omitted regarding components that do not require 
special attention or adjustment during their removal/reinstallation. For removal 
procedures for such components, refer to the Parts List Volume.
- When performing check/replacement/adjustment procedures on the machine, the 
following precautions should be observed.
 WARNING
To avoid electric shock hazards, power OFF the machine before performing the 
procedures.
 WARNING/CAUTION
Observe the warnings and cautions described in the "Safety Precautions".
 CAUTIONS
- When servicing any printed circuit board, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
- Do not remove the cover of the scanning optics unit.
- Never remove the red-painted screws.
u INSTRUCTION u
Some of the illustrations in this volume contain check/adjustment and half-punch indicators 
as needed.
For removal and reinstallation, perform the procedures as instructed by such indicators.
- Check/Adjustment indicator: Indicates that it is necessary to check or adjust the 
installation location when the part or component removed 
is to be reinstalled. This indicator is placed in the illustration 
that depicts the procedures for removing the parts and 
components. When you see this indicator, refer to its relevant 
"n Check/ Adjustment Procedures.”
- Half-punch indicator: Indicates that it is necessary to align the half-punches when 
installing the parts or components. However, it is not indicated 
for the half-punches for improving ease of assembly or 
preventing erroneous assembly procedures.
u INSTRUCTION u
The yellow-painted screws require adjustments when components are reinstalled.
When reinstalling the components, follow the check/adjustment procedures.
1.2 Types of Screws
The DT screw and the TP screw employed in the machine are of similar shape and color. 
Check the screw type referring to the figures below when attaching a screw.
DT screw TP screw
Has four dots on the head Has no dot on the head
1.3 Checking the Protective Grounding
u INSTRUCTION u
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional 
protective ground wire connections and securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain 
safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are 
restored to states existing upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored 
to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify 
that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
1.4 Handling Parts Containing Hazardous Substance
When handling parts containing a hazardous substance, such as the photomultiplier and the 
erasure lamp, fully exercise care in handling. The hazardous substance may leak from the 
inside of a broken part.
1.5 Checking the High-Voltage Switch and Image
When you install the covers after a check, replacement, or adjustment, make sure that the 
high-voltage switch is ON. After the machine is restored to normal, run an image read check 
to verify that a read image is normal.
CHECK
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-2
MC-2014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
2. Table of Contents
3. Cover
4. Housing Unit
5. Cassette Set Unit 
6. Erasure Unit
7. Light-Collecting Unit
8. Scanning Optics Unit
9. Subscanning Unit
3. Cover MC-4
3.1 Cover MC-4
3.2 Plate MC-5
4. Housing Unit MC-6
4.1 Alpha II Power Supply MC-6
4.2 PIF63A Board MC-8
4.3 CPU Board MC-9
4.3.1 Replacement Procedures MC-9
4.3.2 Machine Data Backup MC-9
4.3.3 Replacing the CPU Board MC-11
4.3.4 Setting the IP Addresses of the RU MC-13
4.3.5 Updating the RU Software Version MC-18
4.3.6 Installing the HR Reading Option Key MC-21
4.3.7 Restoring the Machine Data MC-22
4.3.8 Confirming the S Value MC-23
4.3.9 S Value Correction/LED Initialize MC-23
4.4 SND Board MC-24
4.5 Antistatic Member MC-25
4.6 IP Sensor (SG1) MC-26
4.7 Main Power Switch Assembly MC-27
4.8 Main Power Switch and the Power Supply Inlet MC-28
4.9 Operation Panel Assembly MC-29
4.10 LAN Cover MC-31
5. Cassette Set Unit MC-32
5.1 Cassette Set Unit MC-32
5.2 Dust-Tight Cover Assembly MC-35
5.3 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism 
Driving Motor (MA1) MC-37
5.4 Cable Junction Bracket MC-38
5.5 Shutter Drive Arm MC-39
5.6 Spur Gear (Reference Side) MC-40
5.7 Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side) MC-41
5.8 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly MC-42
5.9 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly 
Driving Shaft MC-44
5.10 Shutter Assembly MC-46
5.11 Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12) MC-48
5.12 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism 
Driving Gear MC-49
5.13 Cassette Hold Release Arm MC-50
5.14 Cassette IP Holding Arm MC-51
5.15 Cassette Inlet Guide Assembly MC-53
5.16 Cassette Ejection Sensor (SA11) MC-54
5.17 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism 
Driving Motor (MA2) MC-55
5.18 IP Suction Link Mechanism MC-56
5.19 Suction Arm Driving Motor (MA3) MC-58
5.20 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly Driving Shaft MC-59
5.21 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly MC-61
5.22 Hose MC-63
5.23 IP Air Leak Valve Assembly (SVA1/SVA2) MC-64
5.24 IP Suction Pump (PA1) MC-65
5.25 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Emitting Side) MC-66
5.26 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Receiving Side) MC-67
5.27 GuideMC-68
5.28 Suction Cup MC-69
5.29 IP Transport Motor (MA4) MC-71
5.30 Side-Positioning Transport Roller Driving Gear MC-72
5.31 Side-Positioning Transport Rollers (A) and (B) MC-73
5.32 Actuator Assembly MC-76
5.33 Suction Arm HP Sensor (SA6) MC-77
5.34 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism 
HP Sensor (SA7) MC-78
5.35 "15x30 Cassette" Identifying Sensor (SA9) MC-79
5.36 Solenoid (SOLA1) and 
Cassette Hold Sensor (SA2) MC-80
5.37 Movable Guide Assembly MC-82
5.38 “15x30 Cassette” Movable Guide Assembly MC-84
5.39 IP Suction Arm MC-85
5.40 IP Suction Link Shaft MC-87
5.41 Debris Fall Prevention Shutter Assembly MC-88
5.42 Guide Plates (A) and (B) MC-90
6. Erasure Unit MC-92
6.1 Erasure Unit MC-92
6.2 Reflection Plate MC-94
6.3 Brush Roller Assembly MC-96
6.4 Brush Roller MC-97
6.5 Filter MC-99
6.6 Lamp Assembly MC-101
7. Light-Collecting Unit MC-103
7.1 Light-Collecting Unit MC-103
7.2 PMT Board MC-106
8. Scanning Optics Unit MC-108
8.1 Scanning Optics Unit MC-108
9. Subscanning Unit MC-112
9.1 Subscanning Unit MC-112
9.2 Post-Reading Conveyor Guide Assembly MC-114
9.3 Kapton® Belt, Flywheel (Reference Side) MC-115
9.4 Rubber Belt, Flywheel 
(Opposite Reference Side) MC-116
9.5 Subscanning Motor (MZ1) MC-116
9.6 IP Transport Motor (MC1) MC-117
9.7 Grip Release/Dust Remove Motor (MC2) MC-117
9.8 IP Leading-Edge Sensor (SZ1) MC-118
9.9 Light-Collecting Shaft 
(Light-Collecting Mirror, Antistatic Member) MC-119
9.10 Rubber Roller (A, B) MC-121
9.11 Rubber Roller (C, D) MC-123
9.12 Rubber Roller (E) MC-125
9.13 Conveyor Guide Assembly MC-128
9.14 Rubber Roller (F) MC-129
9.15 Grip Release Arm MC-130
9.16 Subscanning Grip Motor (MZ2) and 
Subscanning Grip Sensor (SZ2) MC-131
9.17 Subscanning Grip Assembly MC-133
9.18 IP Sensor (SC3) MC-135
9.19 "15x30/24x30 IP Width" Identifying Sensor 
(SC9) MC-136
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-3
MC-3014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
10. Replacing the Fuses and Fuse 
Locations
11. List of Jigs and Tools
9.20 Driven Shaft Grip Roller (Upper) MC-137
9.21 Driven Shaft Grip Roller (Lower) MC-139
9.22 Driving Shaft Grip Roller (Lower) MC-141
9.23 Driving Shaft Grip Roller (Upper) MC-143
9.24 Center Roller MC-145
10. Replacing the Fuses and Fuse Locations MC-147
10.1 Fuse Classification and 
Replacement Procedures MC-147
10.2 CPU Board Fuses MC-148
10.3 SND Board Fuses MC-148
10.4 PIF63A Board Fuses MC-149
11. List of Jigs and Tools MC-150
11.1 Jigs and Tools MC-150
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-4
MC-4014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
 REFERENCE 
You can remove the front cover only by loosening the screws.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cover.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
3. Cover
3.1 Cover
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the covers.
#1 Front cover
#2 Louver
#3 Right-hand side cover
#4 Rear cover
#5 Left-hand side cover
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-5
MC-5014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
3.2 Plate
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the cover.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
(2) Remove the plates.
(A) Front plate
(B) Right-hand side board box plate
(C) Right-hand side power supply unit plate
(D) Rear plate
(E) Left-hand side plate
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the plates.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-6
MC-6014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(2) Remove the power supply.
#1 Remove the screws and remove the bracket (x3).
#2 Unclamp the clamps.
#3 Disconnect the connectors (PIF1/PIF2).
#4 Remove the screws and remove the cable and washer (W4).
#5 Loosen the screws.
#6 Remove the screws.
#7 Remove the power supply.
4. Housing Unit
4.1 Alpha II Power Supply
 CAUTION
When servicing the power supply, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to ground 
your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body may 
cause damage to electronic parts on the power supply.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Right-hand side power supply unit plate
- Right-hand side board box plate
 {MC:4.7_Main Power Switch Assembly}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-7
MC-7014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the power supply.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
After removed the connector (terminal) of the power, be sure to re-connect to the 
original position. If the wrong connection position of the connector (terminal) has been 
used, the equipment will be damaged.
XL2A03040003.ai
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-8
MC-8014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.2 PIF63A Board
 CAUTION
When servicing any printed circuit board, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Right-hand side board box plate
(2) Remove the board.
#1 Disconnect the connectors.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Remove the board.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the board.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-9
MC-9014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3 CPU Board
The FLASH ROM of the CPU board stores the RU machine data (configuration information, 
scanner information and log information). Since the CPU board shipped as a service part 
does not contain the machine data set, it is necessary to restore the RU as exactly it was 
before the replacement by updating the software version and adjusting the machine data 
after replacement.
For the adjustment of the machine data, take either of the following procedures depending on 
the RU conditions.
- When the RU can boot up, back up the machine data, and restore the backed up machine 
data after the replacement of the CPU board.
- When the machine cannot boot up and the machine data cannot be backed up, restore 
the machine-specific data by means of the machinespecific data CD-ROM attached to 
the machine. If no machine-specific data CD-ROM is available, adjust the machine data 
through format adjustment, and shading/sensitivity correction.
4.3.1 Replacement Procedures
Replace the CPU board according to the procedures mentioned in the following reference 
list.
Reference Part concerned
 {4.3.2} Machine Data Backup
 {4.3.3} Replacing the CPU Board
 {4.3.4} Setting the IP Address of the RU and Console
 {4.3.5} Updating the RU Software Version
 {4.3.7} Restoring the Machine Data
 {4.3.8} Confirming the S Value
 {4.3.9} S Value Correction/LED Initialize
u NOTE u
When the IP address of the RU of “172.16.1.10” and the IP address of the Console of 
“172.16.1.20” (initial value) are employed, the procedure (7) in “4.3.2 Machine Data Backup” 
and the procedures of “4.3.4 Setting the IP addresses of the RU and the Console” need not 
be taken.
4.3.2 Machine Data Backup
u NOTE u
When the CPU board is replaced, network settings on the RU all restore to the default 
settings. However, since the Console keeps the settings before the replacement, it cannot 
be connected if the network settings have been modified to site-specific values. Temporarily 
change the network settings for re-connection. You need take a note of the addresses for the 
purpose.
(1) Turn ON the power of the Console.
(2) Turn ON the circuit breaker of the RU.
(3) Start the RU PC-TOOL.
 {MU:1.2_Starting and Exiting RU PC-TOOL}
(4) Connect the recording medium to the Console.
u NOTE u
When the machine data is to be backed up in an arbitrary place in the hard disk of the 
Console, the procedure (4) need not be taken. Proceed to the procedure (5).
(5) Select the RU whose machine data is to be backed up from the “LIST OF 
EXISTING RU”.
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( )
RBMC07101.AI
RU NAME
ru0
IP ADDRESS
172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxxVx.x
RU TYPE VERSION
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-10
MC-10014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
(6) Back up the "CONFIGURATION", "SCN OPTICAL DATA", "HISTORY LOG".
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( ) BACKUP
EXECUTE
CONFIGURATION
BACKUP
EXECUTE
SCN ALL DATA
BACKUP
EXECUTE
HISTORY LOG
RBMC04101.AI
#1
#3
#2
#4
#5
#6
(7) Turn OFF the main power switch of the RU.
(8) Disconnect the power cable and the I/F cable from the RU.
(9) Eject the recording medium from the console.
(10 ) Return to the reference list described in the replacement procedures.
 {MC:4.3.1_Replacement Procedures}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-11
MC-11014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.3.3 Replacing the CPU Board
 CAUTION
When servicing any printed circuit board, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Right-hand side cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Right-hand side board box plate
 {MC:4.10_LAN Cover}
(2) Remove the board.
#1 Disconnect the connectors.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the board.
u INSTRUCTION u
When disconnecting the connector (CN13), hold the position as indicated in the figure 
and disconnect it straight. Otherwise, the cable might get damaged.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-12
MC-12014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
(3) Make the DIP switch (S7) settings of a new CPU board to be installed.
u INSTRUCTIONS u
- The DIP switch (S6) is mounted as a spare. Do not change its setting.
- Make the DIP switch settings of a new CPU board to be installed equal to those of the 
removed CPU board. If differently set, the machine will not work normally.
l Meaning of DIP switch settings
No Item Normal 
setting Meaning
1 For design OFF Nothing 
2 Machine selection OFF Sets the type of the machine.
Set all to OFF in the machine.
3 OFF
4 OFF
5 Standard machine/ 
High-capacity machine
ON Set to adjust the type of the machine.
Set to ON in the machine.
6 15x30 IP usable/nonusable ON Set to ON for using an IP of 15x30 size.
7 Restoring applications 
(for troubleshooting)
When the IP addresses of 
the RU and the FTP server 
are unknown.
OFF Used to perform “Initialize APL” of the RU PC-
TOOL with the IP address of the RU fixed to 
“172.16.1.10” and the IP address of the Console 
fixed to “172.16.1.20” .
OFF: “Initialize APL” cannot be executed.
ON: “Initialize APL” can be executed.
8 Restoring applications 
(for troubleshooting)
When the IP addresses of 
the RU and the FTP server 
are known.
OFF Used to perform “Initialize APL” of the RU PCTOOL
OFF: “Initialize APL” cannot be executed.
ON: “Initialize APL” can be executed.
* If both No.7 and No.8 switches are ON, the function of the No.8 switch has priority.
 REFERENCE 
Refer to the following for details of “CPU Board Setting Display”.
 {MU:7.3 [2-1]_CPU Board Setting Display}
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the board.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
(2) Return to the reference list described in the replacement procedures.
 {MC:4.3.1_Replacement Procedures}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-13
MC-13014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3.4 Setting the IP Addresses of the RU
The IP address of the RU is set to the default after the replacement of the CPU board. Set 
the IP address of the RU to the address before the replacement of the CPU board.
 REFERENCE 
This chapter describes the procedures, by way of example, where settings are made as 
follows:
IP address of the RU: 172.16.1.11
IP address of the FTP server: 172.16.1.21
1. Turn ON the circuit breaker of the RU.
2. Start up the Machine Maintenance Utility of the RU.
Turn ON the RU power while pressing the first and third buttons from the left on 
the operation panel. Keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until the 
“Maintenance Utility” window appears on the operation panel.
u NOTE u
Be sure to keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until the “Maintenance 
Utility” window appears on the operation panel. If the “Maintenance Utility” window 
does not appear and the RU starts to boot up, once turn OFF the RU power and repeat 
from the procedure 1.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-14
MC-14014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
 REFERENCE 
The IP address of the RU is set in the procedures 3 to 5.
3. Make sure that “Reader Unit IP Address” is selected, and then press the [Select] 
button.
→ The address setting window appears.
4. Press the button 11 times, and press the button once.
u NOTE u
Set the IP address of the RU specified on the DX Console.
5. Press the button once to select “OK”. Then press the [Confirm] button.
→ In 1 to 2 seconds after the [Confirm] button is pressed, an alarm beeps. The specified 
address becomes effective, and the menu selection window restores.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-15
MC-15014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
 REFERENCE 
The IP address of the FTP server is to be set in the procedures 6 to 9.
6. Press the button twice, and select “FTP Server IP Address”.
7. Press the [Select] button.
→ The address setting window appears.
8. Press the button 11 times, and press the button once.
u NOTE u
Specify the IP address of the DX Console.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-16
MC-16014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
9. Press the button once to select “OK”. Then press the [Confirm] button.
→ In 1 to 2 seconds after the [Confirm] button is pressed, an alarm beeps. The specified 
address becomes effective, and the menu selection window restores.
10. Set the following addresses according to the conditions before the replacement 
of the CPU board.
- Subnet Mask
 {MU:3.3_Subnet Mask}
- Default Gateway
 {MU:3.5_Default Gateway}
- Secure Host
 {MU:3.6_Secure Host}
- Secure Net
 {MU:3.7_Secure Net}
 REFERENCE 
In the procedures 11 to 14, “Check of the connection with the DX Console” is performed.
11. Press the button, and select “Network Check”.
12. Press the [Select] button.
→ The “Network Check” window appears.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-17
MC-17014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
13. Press the [Check] button.
14. Confirm the display on the operation panel.
u NOTES u
- “OK” is displayed in the GOOD indication when “Default Gateway” is specified.
- Take the troubleshooting procedures when the NO GOOD indication appears.
 {Troubleshooting}
15. Return to the reference list described in the replacement procedures.
 {MC:4.3.1_Replacement Procedures}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-18
MC-18014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.3.5 Updating the RU Software Version
u NOTE u
- Before procedures, please confirm the part number of the software.
 {Front cover : ● Software for this machine}
- In case of the error code "10904" occured after the replacement of the CPU board and the 
starting of RU, it is necessary to install the RU application by restoring the RU application 
procedures.
 {MU:4.22_Initialize APL}
The RU software version is updated to update the RU software in the latest conditions. After
the updating, set the master CL.
(1) Insert the RU-APL CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of the Console.
→ The “Set Up PC-TOOL” window automatically appears.
(2) Click on [START].
RBMC04105.AI
(3) Select the RU whose software version is to be updated from the “LIST OF 
EXISTING RU”, and click on [FTP].
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( )
RBMC04106.AI
LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU NAME IP ADDRESS
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx Vx.x
RU TYPE VERSION
#1
#2
(4) Make sure that the GOOD indication appears, and click on [OK].
#1
#2
FRRB401007.ai
l [GOOD indication]
"value = 0 = 0x0" should be displayed.
l [NO GOOD indication]
Another message is displayed. 
(5) Make sure that the GOOD indicationappears, and click on .
FRRB401008.ai
#2
#1
l [GOOD indication]
"Transfer complete" should be displayed.
l [NO GOOD indication]
Another message is displayed. 
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-19
MC-19014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
(6) Select the RU whose software version is to be updated from the “LIST OF 
EXISTING RU”, and click on [VERSION UP].
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( )
RBMC04109.AI
LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU NAME IP ADDRESS
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx Vx.x
RU TYPE VERSION
#2
#1
(7) Click on [OK].
RBMC04110.AI
(8) Verify the “RU VERSION”, and click on [OK].
RBMC04111.AI
RU VERSION
x.x#1
#2
(9) Click on [OK].
RBMC04112.AI
(10) Check the precautions for the installation.
 CAUTION
Never turn OFF the power of the RU nor the Console during the write into the FLASH 
ROM. If turned OFF, the program in the memory will be destroyed and cannot restart.
(11) If a linac cassette is to be used at the user’s site, select “USE”. If the linac 
cassette is not to be used, select “NOT USE”, and click on [SET].
When you click on [SET], the installation screen appears on the DX Console display. 
While the flash ROM is being written into, the RU's LED glows.
u NOTE u
Do not close the installation screen until the flash ROM write process is completed. 
If you inadvertently close the installation screen, return to step 7 and perform the 
installation procedure again. The flash ROM write process takes about 8 minutes.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-20
MC-20014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
(12) Verify that the FLASH ROM write process is completed, and then press the [Enter] 
key.
RBMC04114.AI
#1
#2
"Enter"
(13) Click on [OK].
RBMC04115.AI
(14) Verify the RU software version.
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( )
RBMC04116.AI
RU NAME IP ADDRESS
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx Vx.x
RU TYPE VERSION
#2
#1
l GOOD indication
The text is displayed in black.
l NO GOOD indication
The text is displayed in red or the 
version number is not displayed.
u NOTE u
If the NO GOOD indication appears, return to the procedure (1), and again perform the
installation.
(15) Return to the reference list described in the replacement procedures.
 {MC:4.3.1_Replacement Procedures}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-21
MC-21014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3.6 Installing the HR Reading Option Key
 CAUTION
The following procedures are necessary only in a machine into which the 50 micron 
upgrade kit (HR reading option key) has been installed. Do not take the procedures in 
a machine without the 50 micron upgrade kit (HR reading option key) installed.
1. Insert the 50 micron upgrade kit CD-ROM (HR reading option key CD-ROM) into 
the drive of the DX Console.
→ The installation menu automatically appears.
2. Enter “1” and press the [Enter] key.
→ The message for prompting the input of the RU’s IP address appears.
3. Input the RU’s IP address (example: 172.16.1.11), and press the [Enter] key.
→ The message “Installation Completed” appears.
4. Check to make sure that the message indicating the completion of the installation 
is displayed, and press the [Enter] key.
5. Remove the 50 micron upgrade kit CD-ROM (HR reading option key CD-ROM) 
from the drive of the DX Console.
6. Return to the reference list described in the replacement procedures.
 {MC:4.3.1_Replacement Procedures}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-22
MC-22014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3.7 Restoring the Machine Data
The machine is not properly adjusted after the replacement of the CPU board.
Restore the backup data created in “4.3.2 Machine Data Backup”, and restore to the 
conditions before the replacement of the CPU board.
u INSTRUCTIONS u
- If the RU was not able to boot up before the replacement of the CPU board and you were 
not able to back up the machine data, restore the machine-specific data by means of the 
machine-specific data CD-ROM attached to the machine.
- If no backup data or machine-specific data is available, take the procedures for the “format 
adjustment” and “shading/sensitivity correction” to adjust the machine. Also perform “shading 
speed correction” when needed.
l Format adjustment
 {MU:7.3 [5-4]_Format Adjustment}
l Shading/sensitivity correction (when the IP type ST is used)
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-1]_Shading/Sensitivity Correction (ST)}
l Shading correction (when the IP type HR is used)
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-2]_Shading Correction (HR)}
l Shading speed correction (when the IP type ST is used)
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-4]_Shading Speed Correction (ST(GR))}
l Shading speed correction (when the IP type HR is used)
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-3]_Shading Speed Correction (HR)}
(1) Select the RU whose machine data is to be restored from the “LIST OF EXISTING 
RU”.
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( )
RBMC07101.AI
RU NAME
ru0
IP ADDRESS
172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx Vx.x
RU TYPE VERSION
(2) Restore “CONFIGURATION”, “SCN OPTICAL DATA” and “HISTORY LOG”.
Configuration C
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
EACH RU SETTING
( ) RESTORE
EXECUTE
CONFIGURATION
RESTORE
EXECUTE
SCN ALL DATA
RESTORE
EXECUTE
HISTORY LOG
RBMC04104.AI
#1
#3
#2
#4
#5
#6
(3) Turn OFF the main power switch of the RU.
(4) Turn ON the main power switch of the RU.
(5) Check the following points.
l The RU normally enters the READY state.
l The results of the image/conveyance checks are normal without 
nonuniformity.
 {IN:9._Image/Conveyance Checks}
l There is no error occurrence.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-23
MC-23014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.3.8 Confirming the S Value
(1) Confirm the S value.
 {IN:10._Confirming the S Value}
4.3.9 S Value Correction/LED Initialize
(1) Correct the S value and initialize LED data.
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-8]_Sensitivity S-Value Correction}
 {MU:7.3 [5-8-3]_PMT/LightGuide change > LED Initialize}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-24
MC-24014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.4 SND Board
 CAUTION
When servicing any printed circuit board, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Right-hand side cover
- Left-hand side cover
 {MC:4.9_Operation Panel Assembly}
 {MC:5.2_Dust-Tight Cover Assembly}
(2) Raise the insulation sheet.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Unclamp the clamp.
#3 Raise the insulation sheet.
XL2A03040008.ai
#1
TP3x6 (x3)
#3
#2
(3) Remove the board.
#1 Unclamp the clamp.
#2 Disconnect the connectors.
#3 Remove the screws.
#4 Remove the board.
#2
CN10
#2
CN3
#2
CN4
#2
CN6
#2
CN14
#2
CN9
#1
#2
CN11
#2
CN12
#2
CN2
#2
CN5
#2
CN7
#3
TP3x6 (x4)
#4
XL2A03040009.ai
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the board.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-25
MC-25014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.5 Antistatic Member
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Right-hand side cover
- Left-hand side cover
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
 {MC:5.2_Dust-Tight Cover Assembly}
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the antistatic member.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the antistatic member.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the antistatic member.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-26
MC-26014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.6 IP Sensor (SG1)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Left-hand side cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Front plate
- Rear plate
- Left-hand side plate
 {MC:9.2_Post-Reading Guide Assembly}
 {MC:7.1_Light-Collecting Unit}
 {MC:9.8_IPLeading-Edge Sensor (SZ1)}
 {MC:8.1_Scanning Optics Unit}
 {MC:9.1_Subscanning Unit}
(2) Remove the sensor (SG1).
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the sensor assembly.
#3 Disconnect the connector.
#4 Remove the screws.
#5 Remove the sensor.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the sensor (SG1).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-27
MC-27014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.7 Main Power Switch Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
(2) Remove the main power switch assembly.
#1 Remove the cover.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Disconnect the FAST-ON terminals.
#4 Remove the main power switch assembly.
u INSTRUCTION u
Disconnect by using the tool to press the latch shaded in the figure below.
RBMC04018.AI
Latch
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the main power switch assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-28
MC-28014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.8 Main Power Switch and the Power Supply Inlet
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
 {MC:4.7_Main Power Switch Assembly}
(2) Remove the main power switch and the power supply inlet.
#1 Remove the main power switch.
#2 Remove the power supply inlet.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the main power switch and the power supply inlet.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Reinstall the main power switch and the power supply inlet in the orientation as 
indicated in the figure.
- Check that the main power switch is OFF.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-29
MC-29014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
4.9 Operation Panel Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
(2) Remove the main power switch assembly.
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Operation Panel Assembly
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the operation panel assembly
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
(2) If the operation panel is replaced with a new one, reassemble the machine and 
then perform the installation procedure.
u INSTRUCTION u
When the operation panel is supplied as a service part, its display language and display 
screen are not defined. If the operation panel is replaced with a new one, be sure to 
perform the installation procedure as directed under "n Check/Adjustment Procedures".
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-30
MC-30014-247-01E
05.31.2013 FM6150
n Check/Adjustment Procedures
After operation panel replacement, delete the RU that is registered in the RU PC-TOOL's 
"LIST OF EXISTING RU," and then perform the installation procedure.
u NOTE u
When the operation panel is supplied as a service part, its display language and display 
screen are not defined. The display language and display screen for the operation panel can 
only be defined during the RU software installation process. Therefore, when the operation 
panel is replaced with a new one, be sure to reinstall the RU software.
1. Start the RU in the maintenance mode.
 {MU:3.10_Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance Utility}
2. From "LIST OF EXISTING RU," delete the RU for which the operation panel has 
been replaced.
u NOTE u
Before deleting the RU from "LIST OF EXISTING RU," note down the RU's IP address.
 {IN:Appendix 6-1_Deleting an Installed RU}
3. Install the RU software.
u NOTE u
As regards the "Operation Panel Language Display (LANGUAGE)" and "Screen Display 
(BRAND TYPE)," which are to be specified during the installation process, select the 
same settings as those for the previously used operation panel.
 {IN:Appendix 7-3_Installing the RU Software}
4. Turn OFF the RU power and then turn it ON.
5. Check the following points.
l The RU normally enters the READY state.
l The results of the image/conveyance checks are normal without 
nonuniformity.
 {IN:9._Image/Conveyance Checks}
l There is no error occurrence.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-31
MC-31014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
4.10 LAN Cover
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Right-hand side cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Right-hand side board box plate
(2) Remove the LAN cover.
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the LAN cover.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the LAN cover.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-32
MC-32014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5. Cassette Set Unit
5.1 Cassette Set Unit
u NOTE u
Since the cassette set unit is a heavy object, be careful about the following points when 
removing, reinstalling and moving.
- Secure a sufficient working space before the operation.
- Hold the position where the green label is stuck.
- Lift the unit in a natural posture.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Right-hand side cover
- Left-hand side cover
 {MC:4.9_Operation Panel Assembly}
 {MC:5.2_Dust-Tight Cover Assembly}
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
(2) Remove the blacket.
XL2A0305004.AI
Blacket
(3) Raise the insulation sheet.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Unclamp the clamp.
#3 Raise the insulation sheet.
XL2A03040008.ai
#1
TP3x6 (x3)
#3
#2
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-33
MC-33014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Route the cables (front face) out of the housing.
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Disconnect the connectors.
#3 Put the cables aside. 
u INSTRUCTION u
Be sure to put aside the cables out of the housing. The cables and the connectors might 
get damaged when removing/reinstalling the cassette set unit.
RBMC05001.AI
#3
#3
#2
#2
CN6
#2
CN5
#2
CN4
#1
#1
(5) Route the cable (right-hand side) out of the housing.
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Put the cable aside.
u INSTRUCTION u
Be sure to put aside the cables out of the housing. The cables and the connectors might 
get damaged when removing/reinstalling the cassette set unit.
RBMC05002.AI
#1
#1
#2
(6) Remove the screws.
#1 Remove the screws from the rear.
#2 Remove the screws from the front.
RBMC05003.AI
#1
BR4x8 (x2)
#2
BR4x8 (x2)
Never remove.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-34
MC-34014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(7) Remove the cassette set unit.
#1 Hold the position as indicated in the figure, and raise the cassette set unit above the 
frame.
#2 Remove the cassette set unit.
u NOTE u
Since the cassette set unit is a heavy object, be sure to secure a sufficient working 
space before the operation, and work in a natural posture.
RBMC05004.AI
#2
#1
Frame
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette set unit.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTIONS u
- Exercise care not to have the cable caught when reinstalling the cassette set unit. 
Reinstall the cassette set unit after you have lifted the unit above the housing frame. 
Otherwise, the cassette set unit might come into contact with the housing and get 
damaged.
- Reinstall the cassette set unit while aligning the frame of the cassette set unit with the 
positioning pin on the housing.
RBMC05005.AI
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
- Tighten the screws on the front before reinstalling the cassette set unit. 
RBMC05006.AI
Tighten first.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-35
MC-35014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.2 Dust-Tight Cover Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Rear cover
- Right-hand side cover
- Left-hand side cover
 {MC:4.9_Operation Panel Assembly}
(2) Remove the dust-tight cover assembly.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Hold the position as indicated in the figure, and raise the dust-tight cover assembly 
straight to remove.
 REFERENCE 
Refer to the Service Parts List for the detailed development view of the dust-tight cover 
assembly.
 {SP:03A_ CASSETTE SET UNIT 1}
CR-IR 359 Service ManualMC-36
MC-36014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) ReInstall the dust-tight cover assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTION u
Tighten the screws while pressing the half punch of the dust-tight cover assembly 
against the frame notch.
u NOTE u
Be sure to lower the dust-tight cover assembly straight for reinstallation, not to allow the 
assembly to tilt. If the dust-tight cover assembly is tilted, the sensor or the gear might 
get damaged.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-37
MC-37014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the motor (MA1).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall with the connector located in the orientation as indicated in the figure.
RBMC05011.AI
Connector
5.3 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the motor (MA1).
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the motor.
RBMC05010.AI
#1
#3
#2
TP4x8 (x2)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-38
MC-38014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.4 Cable Junction Bracket
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the cable junction bracket.
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Disconnect the connectors.
RBMC05012.AI
#1
#1
#2
SA3
#2
SA1
#3 Remove the screws.
#4 Lift up the shutter driving arm.
#5 Remove the cable junction bracket.
u INSTRUCTION u
Always remove the bracket with the shutter driving arm lifted up. Otherwise, the sensor 
installed on the bracket might interfere with the shutter driving arm, resulting in the 
damage of the sensor.
RBMC05013.AI
#4
#5
#3
DT3x6 (x2)
Shutter driving arm
Sensor
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cable junction bracket.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTION u
Always reinstall the bracket with the shutter driving arm lifted up. Otherwise, the sensor 
installed on the bracket might interfere with the shutter driving arm, resulting in the 
damage of the sensor.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-39
MC-39014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.5 Shutter Drive Arm
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
(2) Remove the shutter driving arm.
#1 Remove the E-ring.
#2 Remove the shutter driving arm.
RBMC05015.AI
#2
#1
E4
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the shutter driving arm.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall while putting the protrusion of the shutter drive arm inside the spur gear (black).
RBMC05016.AI
Spur gear (black)
Protrusion
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-40
MC-40014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.6 Spur Gear (Reference Side)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
(2) Rotate the gear of the motor (MA1) to a position at which the sensor (SA7) and 
spur gear (black) actuator do not interfere with each other.
#1 Rotate the motor.
#2 Check that the actuator does not interfere with the sensor.
RBMC05017.AI
#2
#1
Actuator
Sensor (SA7)
Motor (MA1)
(3) Remove the spur gear (black).
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the spur gear (black).
RBMC05018.AI
#2
#1
BR3x6
(3B)
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the spur gear (black).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall while holding up the arm.
RBMC05019.AI
Arm
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-41
MC-41014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.7 Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the spur gear (white).
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the spur gear (white).
#3 Remove the spur gear.
#4 Remove the spur gear.
RBMC05020.AI
#2 #3 #4
#1
BR3x6
(3B)
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the spur gear (white).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Ensure that the mounted spur gears are properly oriented.
RBMC05021.AI
Long
Outside
Short
Inside
- Reinstall while holding up the arm.
RBMC05022.AI
Arm
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-42
MC-42014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(3) Route the cable out of the cassette set unit.
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Put the cable aside. 
u INSTRUCTION u
Be sure to put aside the cables out of the cassette set unit. The cables and the 
connectors might get damaged when removing/reinstalling the cassette cover opening 
assembly.
RBMC05024.AI
#1
#1
#2
5.8 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.3_Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1)}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
(2) Remove the guides.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the guides.
RBMC05023.AI
#2
#1
TP3x6
#1
TP3x6#2
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-43
MC-43014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the cassette cover opening assembly while rotating the shaft end.
u NOTE u
Exercise care not to have the sensor or the cable damaged when removing the cassette 
cover opening assembly.
RBMC05025.AI
Sensor
Shaft
Cable
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette cover opening assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-44
MC-44014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#4 Remove the screw.
#5 Move the cam (inner).
#6 Draw out the straight pin.
RBMC05029.AI
#4
TP3x6
#6 #5
(3) Move the bearing (opposite reference side).
#1 Remove the E-ring.
#2 Move the bearing.
RBMC05030.AI
#1
E6
#2
5.9 Cassette Cover Opening Assembly Driving Shaft
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.3_Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1)}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.8_Cassette Cover Opening Assembly}
(2) Move the cam (opposite reference side).
u NOTE u
When you remove the cam, the straight pin may drop. Be sure to keep track of the 
straight pin.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Move the cam (outer).
#3 Draw out the straight pin.
RBMC05028.AI
#3
#2
#1
TP3x6
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-45
MC-45014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the cassette cover opening assembly driving shaft.
#1 Remove the cassette cover opening assembly driving shaft.
#2 Remove the bearing.
RBMC05031.AI
#2
#1
#3 Remove the bearing.
#4 Remove the cams.
#5 Remove the cams on the reference side similarly to the opposite reference side.
 REFERENCE 
The four cams have the same shape, but the attachment orientation differs between the 
two inner cams and the two outer cams.
RBMC05032.AI
#3
#4
#5
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette cover opening assembly driving shaft.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Tighten the two cams (reference side) having the marking of the driving shaft first.
RBMC05033.AI
Marking
- Mount the cams in the orientations as indicated in the figure, and check that the two 
inner cams and the two outer cams are in the same orientation respectively.
RBMC05034.AI
Cam mounting 
orientation
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-46
MC-46014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.10 Shutter Assembly
 REFERENCE 
Removal/reinstallation procedures of the shutter assembly are mentioned for the shutter 
assembly on the reference side. As for the center and the opposite reference side shutter 
assembly, follow the similar procedures as those for the reference side.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the shutter assembly.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Pull the shutter assembly toward you (toward the rear).
RBMC05035.AI
#1
TP3x6 (x2)
#2
#3 Disengagethe claws of the shutter assembly from the frame holes and remove the 
assembly.
RBMC05036.AI
#3
Claw
Hole
(3) Disassemble the shutter assembly.
RBMC05037.AI
Shutter
Guide
Torsion coil spring
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-47
MC-47014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the shutter assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Check that the tip of the torsion coil spring is located inside the shutter groove when 
assembling the shutter assembly.
RBMC05038.AI
Shutter
Groove
Torsion coil spring
- Align the tip of the torsion coil spring with the groove of the guide plate (frame notch) 
when reinstalling the shutter assembly.
RBMC05039.AI
Groove
Torsion coil spring
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-48
MC-48014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor bracket assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
5.11 Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the sensor bracket assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12).
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the sensor bracket assembly.
#4 Disconnect the connectors.
RBMC05040.AI
#2
DT3x6 (x2)
#1
#4
SA8
#4
SA10
#4
SA12
#3
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-49
MC-49014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.12 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
(2) Remove the cassette cover closing mechanism driving gear.
u NOTES u
- When you remove the cassette cover closing mechanism driving gear, the straight pin 
may drop. Be sure to keep track of the straight pin.
- When you remove the cassette cover closing mechanism driving gear, the cassette 
cover closing assembly may drop. To prevent damage by the drop, support the 
cassette cover closing assembly on the hand beforehand.
#1 Hold the position as indicated in the figure to support the cassette cover closing 
assembly.
#2 Remove the cassette cover closing mechanism driving gear.
#3 Draw out the straight pin.
#4 Lower the cassette cover closing assembly to its lowermost position.
#5 Remove the spur gear.
RBMC05042.AI
#4
#1#3
#2
#5
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette cover closing mechanism driving gear.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-50
MC-50014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.13 Cassette Hold Release Arm
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the cassette hold release arm assembly.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the cassette hold release arm assembly.
RBMC05043.AI
#2
#1
TP3x6
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette hold release arm.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-51
MC-51014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.14 Cassette IP Holding Arm
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
 {MC:5.13_Cassette Hold Release Arm}
(2) Removing the driving arm.
#1 Remove the tension coil springs.
#2 Removing the driving arms.
RBMC05045.AI
#2
#1
L=42 mm
#2
#1
L=42 mm
(3) Remove the levers.
#1 Move the cassette IP holding arm to its uppermost position.
#2 Remove the levers.
RBMC05046.AI
#2 #2
#1
Notch Notch
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-52
MC-52014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the cassette IP holding arm.
RBMC05047.AI
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the cassette IP holding arm.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTION u
Reinstall the cassette IP holding arm with its face with a hole facing upward.
RBMC05048.AI
Hole
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-53
MC-53014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.15 Cassette Inlet Guide Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
 {MC:5.13_Cassette Hold Release Arm}
 {MC:5.14_Cassette IP Holding Arm}
(2) Remove the cassette inlet guide assembly.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the cassette inlet guide assembly.
RBMC05049.AI
#2
#1
TP3x6 (x4)
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the cassette inlet guide assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTION u
Tighten the screws while pressing against the half punches of the frame.
RBMC05050.AI
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-54
MC-54014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.16 Cassette Ejection Sensor (SA11)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the sensor assembly.
#1 Unclamp the clamp.
#2 Remove the screw.
RBMC05051.AI
#1
#2
DT3x6
#3 Hold the position as indicated in the figure to remove the sensor assembly from the 
frame hole.
#4 Remove the sensor assembly.
RBMC05052.AI
#3
#4
(3) Remove the sensor (SA11).
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the sensor.
#2
RBMC05053.AI
#1
SA11
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor (SA11).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-55
MC-55014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.17 Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Motor (MA2)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
(2) Remove the motor (MA2).
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Disconnect the connector from the bracket.
#3 Remove the screws.
RBMC05054.AI
#2
#1
MA2
#3
BR3x6 (x3)
#4 Remove the motor.
RBMC05055.AI
#4Notch
WP screw
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the motor (MA2).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-56
MC-56014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.18 IP Suction Link Mechanism
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 REFERENCE 
You need not remove the cable junction bracket when only the IP suction link 
mechanism on the opposite reference side is to be removed.
(2) Rotate the motor, and move the IP suction arm to its lowermost position.
u NOTE u
When you remove the IP suction link mechanism, the IP suction arm may drop. Move 
the IP suction arm to its lowermost position beforehand to prevent damage by the drop.
RBMC05056.AI
IP suction arm
Motor (MA3)
(3) Remove the IP suction link mechanism (opposite reference side).
#1 Remove the arm.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Remove the gear.
RBMC05057.AI
#3 #1
#2
BR3x6
(3B)
#4 Remove the spur gear.
#5 Remove the spur gear.
RBMC05058.AI
#4
#5
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-57
MC-57014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the IP suction link mechanism (reference side).
#1 Remove the arm.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Remove the gear.
RBMC05059.AI
#1
#3
#2
BR3x6
(3B)
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the IP suction link mechanism.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Exercise care in the mounting orientation of the spur gear when putting the gear on the 
opposite reference side.
RBMC05060.AI
Short
Inside
Long
Outside
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-58
MC-58014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the motor (MA3).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall with the connector located in the orientation as indicated in the figure.
RBMC05062.AI
Connector5.19 Suction Arm Driving Motor (MA3)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.18_IP Suction Link Mechanism}
 REFERENCE 
Remove the IP suction link mechanism only on the opposite reference side to remove 
the suction arm driving motor (MA3).
(2) Remove the motor (MA3).
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the motor.
RBMC05061.AI
#3
#1
MA3
#2
TP4x8 (x2)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-59
MC-59014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.20 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly Driving Shaft
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
(2) Move the spur gears.
 REFERENCE 
When you move the spur gear, the straight pin may drop. Be sure to keep track of the 
straight pin.
#1 Remove the E-rings.
#2 Move the spur gear while supporting it on your hand from downward.
#3 Draw out the straight pin.
RBMC05063.AI
#2
#3
#2
#1
E6
#1
E6
#3
(3) Remove the cassette cover closing assembly driving shaft.
#1 Move the bearings.
#2 Remove the cassette cover closing assembly driving shaft.
RBMC05064.AI
#2
#1#1
#3 Remove the bearings.
#4 Remove the spur gears.
RBMC05065.AI
#3 #4
#4 #3
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-60
MC-60014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette cover closing assembly driving shaft.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall while putting a shaft end with two holes facing toward the reference side.
RBMC05066.AI
Hole
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-61
MC-61014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.21 Cassette Cover Closing Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
 {MC:5.14_Cassette IP Holding Arm}
 {MC:5.15_Cassette Inlet Guide Assembly}
 {MC:5.20_Cassette Cover Closing Assembly Driving Shaft}
(2) Remove the bearings.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the bracket.
#3 Hold the position as indicated in the figure to support the cassette cover closing 
assembly.
#4 Remove the screws.
#5 Remove the bearings.
u NOTE u
Be sure to hold the cassette cover closing assembly in your hand. If the cassette cover 
closing assembly is tilted, the actuator might come into contact with the frame notch and 
get damaged.
RBMC05067.AI
#3
#4
TP4x8
#5#4
TP4x8
#5
#2
#1
TP3x6
Actuator
Notch
 REFERENCE 
The bearing on the reference side is a flanged bearing. The bearing on the opposite 
reference side has no flange.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-62
MC-62014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(3) Remove the cassette cover closing assembly.
#1 Hold the position as indicated in the figure to move the cassette cover closing 
assembly horizontally to the position where the actuator can be drawn out from the 
frame notch.
#2 Check that the actuator does not interfere with the frame notch.
RBMC05068.AI
#1
#2
Actuator
Notch
#3 Remove the cassette cover closing assembly.
RBMC05069.AI
#3
 REFERENCE 
Refer to the Service Parts List for the detailed development view of the cassette cover 
closing assembly.
 {SP:03I_CASSETTE SET UNIT 9}
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the cassette cover closing assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-63
MC-63014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.22 Hose
 REFERENCE 
The shape and configuration of the hose differ between a machine with an IP of 15x30 size 
applicable and a machine with an IP of 15x30 size not applicable. Refer to the corresponding 
procedures.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Rear cover
(2) Remove the hoses.
#1 Remove the hose.
#2 Remove the hose. 
#2
RBMC05070.AI
#1
#1
l Machine supporting a 15x30 
cassette
l Machine not supporting a 15x30 
cassette
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Attach the hose.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Connect the hose to the IN joint of the IP suction pump.
RBMC05072.AIIN
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-64
MC-64014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.23 IP Air Leak Valve Assembly (SVA1/SVA2)
 REFERENCE 
The shape of the IP air leak valve assembly differs between a machine with an IP of 
15x30 size applicable and a machine with an IP of 15x30 size not applicable. Refer to the 
corresponding procedures.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Rear cover
(2) Remove the IP air leak valve assembly (SVA1/SVA2).
#1 Remove the hoses.
#2 Disconnect the connectors.
#3 Disconnect the connector from the bracket.
RBMC05075.AI
#1
#2
PA1
#3 #2
SVA2
#1
#2
PA1
#3 #2
SVA1
#2
SVA1
l Machine supporting a 15x30 
cassette
l Machine not supporting a 15x30 
cassette
#4 Remove the screw.
#5 Remove the IP air leak valve assembly.
RBMC05076.AI
#5 #5
#4
DT3x6
#4
DT3x6
l Machine supporting a 15x30 
cassette
l Machine not supporting a 15x30 
cassette
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the IP air leak valve assembly (SVA1/SVA2).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Exercise care not to have the cable caught when reinstalling the IP air leak valve 
assembly.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-65
MC-65014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.24 IP Suction Pump (PA1)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Rear cover
(2) Remove the IP suction pump (PA1).
#1 Remove the hoses.
#2 Unclamp the clamp.
#3 Disconnect the connector.
#4 Cut the cable tie.
RBMC05077.AI
#1
#3
PA1
#2
#4
#5 Remove the IP suction pump.
RBMC05078.AI
#5
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the IP suction pump (PA1).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Put the IN hose connection between the hooks to reinstall the IP suction pump.
- Put the cable tie to align with the notches.
- Connect the hose to the IN joint of the IP suction pump.
RBMC05079.AIIN
Notch
Hook
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-66
MC-66014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.25 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Emitting Side)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Rear cover
(2) Remove the bracket.
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Disconnect the connector from the bracket.
#3 Remove the screws.
#4 Remove the bracket.
RBMC05080.AI
#2
#1
#4
#3
DT3x6 (x2)
(3) Remove the sensor (SA4).
u NOTE u
Do not damage or soil the light emitting surface of the IP dropping sensor. Failure to 
observe this precaution may degrade the sensor performance.
#1 Pull out the bracket.
#2 Unclamp the clamp.
#3 Disconnect the connector.
#4 Remove the screw.
#5 Remove the sensor.
RBMC05081.AI
#2
#3
SA4-1
#1
#4
BR3x12 #5
 REFERENCE 
The IP dropping sensor on the light emitting side differs from the one on the light 
receiving side in the number of connector pins. The connector for the light emitting side 
has three pins.
n Reinstallation Procedures
Mount the sensor (SA4).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-67
MC-67014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.26 IP Dropping Sensor (SA4: Light Receiving Side)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Rotate the motor, and move the cassette cover opening assembly to its 
uppermost position.
RBMC05082.AI
Cassette cover opening assembly
Motor (MA1)
(3) Remove the sensor (SA4).
u NOTE u
Do not damage or soil the light receiving surface of the IP dropping sensor. Failure to 
observe this precaution may degrade the sensor performance.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Disconnect the connector.
#3 Remove the sensor.
RBMC05083.AI
#3
#1
BR3x12
#2
SA4-2
 REFERENCE 
The IP dropping sensor on the light receiving sidediffers from the one on the light 
emitting side in the number of connector pins. The connector for the light receiving side 
has four pins.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor (SA4).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-68
MC-68014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.27 Guide
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Rotate the motor, and move the debris fall prevention shutter assembly to a 
position where it closes. 
RBMC05084.AI
Should be closed.
Debris fall prevention 
shutter assembly
Motor (MA1)
(3) Rotate the motor, and move the IP suction arm to a position where you can 
access the guide screw with a screwdriver.
RBMC05085.AI
#2
#1
IP suction arm
Motor (MA3)Guide
(4) Remove the guide.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the guide (reference side).
#3 Remove the screws.
#4 Remove the guide (opposite reference side).
RBMC05086.AI
#2
#1
DT3x6
#3
DT3x6 (x2)
#4
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the guide.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u INSTRUCTION u
Reinstall the guide (opposite reference side) while aligning the tip of the guide with the 
bracket notch.
RBMC05087.AI
Notch
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-69
MC-69014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.28 Suction Cup
 REFERENCE 
Removal/reinstallation procedures of the suction cup are mentioned for the suction cup 
on the opposite reference side. As for the reference side suction cup, follow the similar 
procedures as those for the opposite reference side.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.27_Guide}
(2) Remove the suction cup assembly.
#1 Remove the hose.
#2 Remove the screws.
RBMC05088.AI
#2
DT3x6 (x2)
#1
#3 Hold the position as indicated in the figure, and remove the suction cup assembly.
RBMC05089.AI
#3
Exercise care not to 
damage the hose.
(3) Remove the suction cup. 
#1 Remove the KL ring.
#2 Remove the suction cup.
#3 Remove the packing.
 REFERENCE 
Remove the suction cup by means of a Phillips screwdriver while pressing down the 
hose joint with a wrench or the like.
RBMC05090.AI
#3
#2
#1
KL8
Hose joint
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-70
MC-70014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the suction cup.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Check that no foreign matter attaches to the sucking surface of the suction cup.
- Make sure that the KL ring is mounted in the right orientation as indicated in the figure. 
Otherwise, the suction cup assembly cannot be correctly mounted on the IP suction 
arm.
RBMC05091.AI
Orientation of the 
attachment of the KL ring.
- Check that there is no excess of the hose in an area surrounded by the dotted line in 
the figure. Otherwise, the hose might be pulled and get damaged when moving the IP 
suction arm.
RBMC05092.AI
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-71
MC-71014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.29 IP Transport Motor (MA4)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
(2) Remove the motor (MA4).
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the motor.
#3 Disconnect the connector.
RBMC05093.AI
#3
MA4
#2
#1
TP4x8 (x2)
Arm
 REFERENCE 
When the arm of the IP suction link mechanism is located at a position where you 
cannot access the screws, it is recommended that you rotate the motor (MA3) to move 
the IP suction arm to its lowermost position.
RBMC05056.AI
IP suction arm
Motor (MA3)
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the motor (MA4).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall with the connector located in the orientation as indicated in the figure.
RBMC05094.AI
Connector
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-72
MC-72014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.30 Side-Positioning Transport Roller Driving Gear
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
(2) Remove the side-positioning transport roller driving gears.
#1 Remove the gear (A).
#2 Remove the gear (B).
RBMC05095.AI
#2
#1
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the side-positioning transport roller driving gears.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Exercise care in the mounting orientation of the gear (A).
RBMC05096.AI
Short
Inside
Long
Outside
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-73
MC-73014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the bearing.
#1 Remove the E-rings.
#2 Remove the spur gears.
#3 Remove the spur gears.
#4 Remove the bearings.
RBMC05098.AI
#2#1
E4
#1
E6
#4 #3#4 #2 #1
E4
5.31 Side-Positioning Transport Rollers (A) and (B)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.30_Side-Positioning Transport Roller Driving Gear}
(2) Rotate the motor, and move the debris fall prevention shutter assembly to a 
position where it closes. 
RBMC05084.AI
Should be closed.
Debris fall prevention 
shutter assembly
Motor (MA1)
(3) Rotate the motor, and move the IP suction arm to its uppermost position.
RBMC05056r.AI
IP suction arm
Motor (MA3)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-74
MC-74014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(5) Remove the housing.
u NOTES u
- The housing is fragile at the locations as indicated in the figure. Exercise care not to 
hold the locations shown in the figure when removing/reinstalling the housing.
- The housing has a hook on its back. Exercise care not to damage the hook when 
removing/reinstalling the housing.
RBMC05099.AI
Exercise care not to damage.
Hook
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Rotate the housing, and disengage the hook of the housing from the frame hole.
#3 Remove the housing (opposite reference side).
RBMC05100.AI
#2
#1
DT3x6 (x2)
#3
#4 Remove the screws.
#5 Rotate the housing, and disengage the hook of the housing from the frame hole.
#6 Remove the housing (reference side) while supporting the side-positioning transport 
roller (B) on your hand.
RBMC05101.AI
#4
DT3x6 (x2)
Roller (B)
#6
#5
(6) Remove the side-positioning transport roller (B).
#1 Move the shaft end on the reference side of the roller along the frame notch.
#2 Remove the roller.
RBMC05102.AI
#1
#2
Notch
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-75
MC-75014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#3 Remove the E-rings.
RBMC05103.AI
#3
E8
#3
E8
(7) Remove the side-positioning transport roller (A).
#1 Remove the E-ring.
#2 Move the roller to the opposite reference side.
#3 Remove the roller.
RBMC05104.AI
#3
#2
#1
E8
#4 Remove the E-ring.
RBMC05105.AI
#4
E8
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the side-positioning transport rollers (A) and (B).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Attach the rollers (A) and (B) so that the E-ring is located inside the damper. 
RBMC05106.AI
E-ring
Damper
 REFERENCE 
The shaft on the reference side of the roller (A) is shorter than that of the roller (B).
RBMC05107.AI
A
B
B
A
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-76
MC-76014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.32 Actuator Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
(2) Remove the actuator assembly.
u NOTE u
Remove the actuator assembly while holding the shaded part.
RBMC05109.AI
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the actuator assembly.
RBMC05110.AI
#2
#1
DT3x6
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the actuator assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall the actuator assembly by passing the tip of the actuator through the stopper 
hole.
RBMC05111.AI
Stopper hole
Actuator tip
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-77
MC-77014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.33 Suction Arm HP Sensor (SA6)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
(2) Rotate the motor, and move the debris fall prevention shutter assembly to a 
position whereit closes. 
RBMC05084.AI
Should be closed.
Debris fall prevention 
shutter assembly
Motor (MA1)
(3) Rotate the motor, and move the gear of the IP suction link mechanism to a 
position where you can access the sensor.
RBMC05112.AI
Gear Motor (MA3)
Sensor (SA6)
(4) Remove the sensor (SA6).
#1 Disconnect the connector.
#2 Remove the sensor.
RBMC05113.AI
#1
SA6
#2
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor (SA6).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-78
MC-78014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.34 Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism HP Sensor (SA7)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
(2) Remove the sensor assembly.
#1 Unclamp the clamp.
#2 Disconnect the connector.
#3 Remove the screw.
#4 Remove the sensor assembly.
RBMC05114.AI
#4
#3
DT3x6
#2
SA7
#1
(3) Remove the sensor (SA7).
RBMC05115.AI
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor (SA7).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-79
MC-79014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.35 "15x30 Cassette" Identifying Sensor (SA9)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.16_Cassette Ejection Sensor (SA11)}
(2) Remove the sensor assembly.
#1 Unclamp the clamps.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Remove the sensor assembly.
#4 Disconnect the connector.
RBMC05116.AI
#3
#2
DT3x6
#4
SA9
#1 #1
(3) Remove the sensor (SA9).
RBMC05117.AI
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the sensor (SA9).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-80
MC-80014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.36 Solenoid (SOLA1) and Cassette Hold Sensor (SA2)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.13_Cassette Hold Release Arm}
(2) Remove the solenoid assembly.
#1 Remove the tension coil spring.
#2 Unclamp the clamps.
#3 Disconnect the connector.
RBMC05118.AI
#3
SOLA1
#2
#2
#2
#1
L=38 mm
#4 Support the solenoid assembly on your hand.
#5 Remove the screws.
#6 Support the cassette hold pin on your hand.
#7 Remove the solenoid assembly.
#8 Disconnect the connector.
RBMC05119.AI
#8
SA2
#7
#4
#6
#5
DT3x6 (x2)
Cassette hold pin
(3) Remove the solenoid (SOLA1).
#1 Remove the cassette hold pin.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the solenoid.
RBMC05120.AI
#1
#3
#2
TP3x6 (x2)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-81
MC-81014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the sensor (SA2).
#1 Move the actuator to a position where it does not interfere with the sensor.
#2 Remove the sensor.
RBMC05121.AI
#1
#2
Actuator
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the solenoid (SOLA1) and the sensor (SA2).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Reinstall with the cable facing as indicated in the figure.
- Reinstall with the pin facing upward.
GOOD NO GOOD
RBMC05122.AI
Pin
Cable
- Reinstall by passing the cassette hold pin through the frame hole.
RBMC05123.AI
Frame hole
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-82
MC-82014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.37 Movable Guide Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.3_Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1)}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.8_Cassette Cover Opening Assembly}
 {MC:5.9_Cassette Cover Opening Assembly Driving Shaft}
(1) Remove the tension coil spring.
#1 Remove the tension coil spring from the shaft of the movable guide assembly.
#2 Remove the screw.
#3 Remove the pin bracket.
#4 Remove the tension coil spring.
RBMC05124.AI
#3
#2
DT3x6
#4
L=68 mm
#1
Shaft
(3) Remove the bracket.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the bracket from the shaft of the movable guide assembly.
#3 Remove the bracket.
RBMC05125.AI
#3
#2
#1
DT3x6 (x2)
Shaft
(4) Remove the movable guide assembly.
RBMC05126.AI
 REFERENCE 
For the detailed exploded view of the movable guide assembly, see the "Service Parts 
List" volume.
 {SP:03M_CASSETTE SET UNIT 13}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-83
MC-83014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mount the movable guide assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall the tension coil spring by engaging it with the shaft of the movable guide 
assembly and the pin bracket groove.
RBMC05128.AI
Groove Groove
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-84
MC-84014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.38 “15x30 Cassette” Movable Guide Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.3_Cassette Cover Opening Mechanism Driving Motor (MA1)}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.8_Cassette Cover Opening Assembly}
 {MC:5.9_Cassette Cover Opening Assembly Driving Shaft}
 {MC:5.16_Cassette Ejection Sensor (SA11)}
 {MC:5.35_"15x30 Cassette" Identifying Sensor (SA9)}
(2) Remove the “15x30 cassette” movable guide assembly.
#1 Remove the tension coil springs.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Remove the “15x30 cassette” movable guide assembly.
RBMC05129.AI
#2
DT3x6 (x4)
#1
L=40 mm
#1
L=50 mm
#3
 REFERENCE 
For the detailed exploded view of the “15x30 cassette” movable guide assembly, see 
the "Service Parts List" volume.
 {SP:03L_CASSETTE SET UNIT 12}
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the “15x30 cassette” movable guide assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall by inserting the roller into the hole of the guide plate (A).
RBMC05130.AI
Roller
Hole of the guide (A)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-85
MC-85014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.39 IP Suction Arm
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.18_IP Suction Link Mechanism}
 {MC:5.25_IP Dropping Sensor (SA4, Light Emitting Side)}
 {MC:5.27_Guide}
 {MC:5.28_Suction Cup}
 {MC:5.29_IP Transport Motor (MA4)}
 REFERENCE 
The IP dropping sensor (SA4: light emitting side) and the suction cup may be removed 
integrally with the bracket to remove the IP suction arm.
(2) Remove the bearings and the slide bearings.
#1 Remove the bearings.
#2 Remove the slide bearings.
RBMC05131.AI
#1 #1
#2#2
(3) Remove the IP suction arm.
#1 Move the shaft end on the opposite reference side upward along the groove.
#2 Move the shaft end the reference side downward along the groove.
#3 Disengage the shaft end on the reference side from the groove.
RBMC05132.AI
#1
#2
#3
Groove
Shaft end
#4 Remove the IP sunction arm.
RBMC05133.AI
#4
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-86
MC-86014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the IP sunction arm.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall the slide bearings in the orientation as indicated in the figure.
RBMC05134.AI
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-87
MC-87014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#5 Remove the bearings.
RBMC05136.AI
#5
#5
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the IP suction link shaft.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall while facing the longer of small-diameter-regions toward the reference side.
RBMC05137.AI
Long
Short
Small-diameter-region
5.40 IP Suction Link Shaft
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.18_IP Suction Link Mechanism}
(2) Remove the IP suction link shaft.
#1 Remove the E-ring.
#2 Move the bearing.
#3 Move the IP suction link shaft and the bearing.
#4 Remove the IP suction link shaft.
RBMC05135.AI
#4
#1
E6
#2
#3
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-88
MC-88014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.41 Debris Fall PreventionShutter Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.30_Side-Positioning Transport Roller Driving Gear}
 {MC:5.31_Side-Positioning Transport Rollers (A and B)}
(2) Remove the arms and the bearings.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the arms.
#3 Remove the bearings.
RBMC05138.AI
#2
#3
#1
TP3x6
#3
#1
TP3x6
#2
(3) Remove the pin.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the pin.
RBMC05139.AI
#2#1
TP4x8
(4) Remove the debris fall prevention shutter assembly.
#1 Move the shaft end on the reference side along the frame notch.
#2 Disengage the shaft end on the opposite reference side from the frame hole.
#3 Remove the debris fall prevention shutter assembly.
RBMC05140.AI
#3
#2#1
Notch
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-89
MC-89014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#4 Remove the torsion coil springs.
#5 Remove the bearings.
RBMC05141.AI
#4 #5
#5 #4
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the debris fall prevention shutter assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall the debris fall prevention shutter assembly by engaging the torsion coil spring 
with the notch of the debris fall prevention shutter assembly and the pin groove.
RBMC05142.AI
Notch
Groove
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-90
MC-90014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
5.42 Guide Plates (A) and (B)
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:5.1_Cassette Set Unit}
 {MC:5.4_Cable Junction Bracket}
 {MC:5.5_Shutter Drive Arm}
 {MC:5.6_Spur Gear (Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.7_Spur Gear (Opposite Reference Side)}
 {MC:5.11_Sensor Bracket Assembly (SA8/SA10/SA12)}
 {MC:5.12_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Gear}
 {MC:5.13_Cassette Hold Release Arm}
 {MC:5.14_Cassette IP Holding Arm}
 {MC:5.15_Cassette Inlet Guide Assembly}
 {MC:5.17_Cassette Cover Closing Mechanism Driving Motor (MA2)}
 {MC:5.18_IP Suction Link Mechanism}
 {MC:5.19_Suction Arm Driving Motor (MA3)}
 {MC:5.20_Cassette Cover Closing Assembly Driving Shaft}
 {MC:5.21_Cassette Cover Closing Assembly}
 {MC:5.32_Actuator Assembly}
 REFERENCE 
Only the IP suction link mechanism on the opposite reference side may be removed to 
remove the guide plates (A) and (B).
(2) Remove the guide plate (A).
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the guide plate.
RBMC05143.AI
#2
#1
DT3x6 (x5)
(3) Remove the guide plate (B).
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the guide plate.
RBMC05144.AI
#2
#1
DT3x6 (x3)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-91
MC-91014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the guide plates (A) and (B).
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Reinstall by passing the roller of the “15x30 cassette” movable guide assembly, if 
equipped, into the hole on the guide plate (A).
RBMC05145.AI
Roller
Hole on the guide (A)
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-92
MC-92014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6. Erasure Unit
6.1 Erasure Unit
 CAUTION
Before turning on the lamp, make sure to install the erasure unit into the machine.
Do not turn on the lamp by connecting the erasure unit to the machine and turning on 
the power while the erasure unit is outside the machine.
u NOTE u
When removing the erasure unit, exercise care in handling as the unit is hot.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Louver
- Right-hand side cover
(2) Remove the erasure unit.
#1 Disconnect the connectors.
#2 Remove the screws.
#3 Pull out the erasure unit by the fingertips by approx. 100 mm.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-93
MC-93014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#4 Pull out the erasure unit while carrying under it on the hand.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the erasure unit.
u NOTES u
Do not forcibly push the erasure unit into the housing if it cannot be pushed to the 
innermost. Otherwise, the spur gear of the erasure unit might get damaged.
#1 Place the erasure unit, and slowly push it partway to within approx. 50 mm from the 
innermost.
Push in partway.
#2 Slowly push to the innermost while assuring that the spur gear is engaging. If the 
gear does not engage, slightly rotate the spur gear and then insert.
#3 Tighten the screws.
#4 Connect the connectors.
(2) Reinstall the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
- Louver
- Right-hand side cover
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-94
MC-94014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6.2 Reflection Plate
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
(2) Remove the reflection plate.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the reflection plate.
u NOTES u
- Do not strongly grasp the reflection plate and the filter, when removing the reflection 
plate. Otherwise, the lamp located inside the filter might get damaged.
- Do not damage the reflection face of the reflection plate that has been removed. If it 
gets damaged, IP erasure might not be performed normally.
#2
RBMC06005.AI
#1
DT3x6 (x4) Reflection plate
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Mounting the reflection plate.
#1 Mount the reflection plate with its notches facing downward.
#2 Reinstall the screws.
#1
RBMC06006.AI
#2
TP3x6 (x4)
(2) Check that the width around the center of the reflection plate is 6 ± 1 mm. If it is 
out of the range, remove the reflection plate, and proceed to the procedure (3).
RBMC06007.AI
Filter
Reflection plate
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-95
MC-95014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(3) Adjust the reflection plate.
#1 Push around the center of the reflection plate, and adjust a warp of the reflection 
plate.
#2 Repeat the procedures (1) and (2), and make sure that the warp of the reflection 
plate is within an appropriate range.
RBMC06008.AI
#1
(4) Reinstall the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-96
MC-96014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6.3 Brush Roller Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
(2) Remove the brush roller assembly.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the brush roller assembly.
RBMC06009.AI
#2#1
BR4x25
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the brush roller assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u 
- Reinstall the brush roller assembly by inserting its latches into the bracket holes.
RBMC06010.AI
Latch
- Check that the latch and the protrusions of the brush roller assembly are correctly 
retained.
RBMC06027.AI
Latch
Protrusion
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-97
MC-97014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6.4 Brush Roller
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
 {MC:6.3_Brush Roller Assembly}
(2) Remove the spur gear.
#1 Open the claws of the spur gear, and remove the gear.
#1
RBMC06028.AI
Claw
(3) Remove the half clutch spur gears.
#1 Remove the E-ring.
#2 Remove the half clutch spur gear.
#3 Remove the half clutch spur gear.
#3
#1
E4
#2
RBMC06011.AI
(4) Remove the stoppers.
#1 Push the claws at both ends of the stopper.
#2 Remove the stoppers.
RBMC06012.AI
#1
#2
#2
#1
(5) Remove the brush rollers.
#1 Remove the brush rollers.
#2 Remove the bearings.
#2
#2
#1
RBMC06013.AI
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-98
MC-98014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the brush roller.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Reinstall the brush roller by facing a shorter shaft end toward the claw of the case and 
fitting the bearing into the groove.
RBMC06014.AI
Shorter shaft end
Longer shaft end
Groove
GrooveClaw
- Check that the stopper latch engages inside the case to prevent the stopper from 
coming off.
- Reinstall the half clutch spur gear on the longer shaft end in the orientation as indicated 
in the figure. If reversely installed, the brush roller assembly will not work normally.
RBMC06015.AI
Longer shaft end
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-99
MC-99014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6.5 Filter
u NOTE u
Exercisecare not to smear the filter surface when removing/reinstalling the filter.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
 {MC:6.2_Reflection Plate}
 {MC:6.3_Brush Roller Assembly}
(2) Remove the cover.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the cover.
#2
RBMC06016.AI
#1
TP3x6 (x4)
(3) Remove the filter.
#1 Remove the screw.
#2 Remove the bracket.
#3 Remove the filter from the half punch.
RBMC06017.AI
#1
TP3x6
#3
#3
#2
#4 Remove the filter.
u NOTE u
Do not bring the filter into contact with the lamp when removing the filter.
RBMC06018.AI
#4
Bracket
Lamp
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-100
MC-100014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the filter.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
Place the filter by aligning the position of the half-punches, and insert the filter into an 
aperture of the bracket.
RBMC06018a.AI
Bracket
Half-punch
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-101
MC-101014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
6.6 Lamp Assembly
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:6.1_Erasure Unit}
 {MC:6.2_Reflection Plate}
(2) Remove the cover.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the cover.
#2
RBMC06016.AI
#1
TP3x6 (x4)
(3) Remove the lamp assembly.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the bracket.
#3 Disconnect the connectors.
#4 Remove the screws.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-102
MC-102014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
#5 Remove the lamp assembly.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the lamp assembly.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-103
MC-103014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
7. Light-Collecting Unit
7.1 Light-Collecting Unit
 CAUTION
Never touch the light-receiving face of the light-collecting unit even when you are 
wearing gloves.
u INSTRUCTION u
When servicing the light-collecting unit, wear gloves.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Front plate
 {MC:9.2_Post-Reading Guide Assembly}
(2) Disconnect the connectors.
#1 Disconnect the connectors.
#2 Retain the disconnected cables with the clamp.
u INSTRUCTION u
Disconnect the connector (CN2) vertically while holding it on the position as indicated in 
the figure. Otherwise, the cable gets damaged.
(3) Remove the screws.
u NOTE u
Exercise care not to damage the acrylic part of the light-collecting unit with a screwdriver 
when removing the screws.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-104
MC-104014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the light-collecting unit.
#1 Hold the position as indicated in the figure, raise the light-collecting unit, and 
disengage from the hooks of the subscanning unit.
#2 Draw out the light-collecting unit with its upper part tilted forward, and remove.
u INSTRUCTION u
Be sure to check that the bracket of the light-collecting unit is disengaged from the 
hooks of the subscanning unit before removing the light-collecting unit. Otherwise, the 
tip of the light-collecting unit might get damaged.
#3 Place the light-collecting unit in the orientation as indicated in the figure.
u INSTRUCTION u
Be sure to place the light-collecting unit in the orientation as indicated in the figure. If 
reversely placed, load is applied to the adhesive part of the photomultiplier, causing the 
light-collecting unit to be damaged.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the light-collecting unit.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTES u
- Insert the light-collecting unit along the guide of the subscanning unit.
- Check that the bracket of the light-collecting unit is correctly engaged with the hooks of 
the subscanning unit.
- Make sure that the connector (CN2) is correctly connected. Otherwise, an image with a 
transparent portion will result.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-105
MC-105014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(2) Check to make sure that the ferrite core is clamped as shown below.
RBMC07013.AI
Do not clamp the board cables 
of the scanning optics unit.
Clamp
Ferrite core
(3) Restore the machine-specific data from the CD-ROM attached to the light-
collecting unit, and carry out “Initialize the LED data” of the MUTL, when the light-
collecting unit is replaced with a new one.
u INSTRUCTION u
When the light-collecting unit has been replaced with a new one, restore the attached 
machine-specific data, referring to “n Check/Adjustment Procedures”.
 {MC:7.1_Light-Collecting Unit n Check/Adjustment Procedures}
n Check/Adjustment Procedures
(1) Start the RU PC-TOOL.
 {MU:4.23_Starting and Exiting RU PC-TOOL}
(2) Restore the machine-specific data
 {MU:4.16_RESTORE}
(3) Initialize the LED data.
 {MU:7.3 [5-8-3]_PMT/LightGuide change > LED Initialize}
(4) Shut down the RU, and turn OFF the main power switch.
(5) Turn ON the main power switch to restart the RU.
(6) Check the following points.
l The RU normally enters the READY state.
l No abnormal S-value is exhibited and image read normally takes place.
 {IN:10._Confirming the S Value}
l The results of the image/conveyance checks are normal without 
nonuniformity.
 {IN:9._Image/Conveyance Checks}
l There is no error occurrence.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-106
MC-106014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
7.2 PMT Board
 CAUTION
When servicing any printed circuit board, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
n Removal Procedures
(1) Remove the following components.
 {MC:3.1_Cover}
- Front cover
 {MC:3.2_Plate}
- Front plate
 {MC:9.2_Post-Reading Guide Assembly}
(2) Disconnect the connectors.
#1 Disconnect the connectors.
#2 Retain the disconnected cables with the clamp.
u INSTRUCTION u
Disconnect the connector (CN2) vertically while holding it on the position as indicated in 
the figure. Otherwise, the cable gets damaged.
(3) Remove the board assmbly.
#1 Loosen the screws.
#2 Hold the position as indicated in the figure, slowly raise the board assembly, and 
remove it.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-107
MC-107014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
(4) Remove the board.
#1 Remove the screws.
#2 Remove the board.
n Reinstallation Procedures
(1) Reinstall the board.
Reverse the removal procedures for reinstallation.
u NOTE u
Put the connector and the bracket in the orientation as indicated in the figure for 
reinstallation.
Connector
Bracket
(2) Check to make sure that the ferrite core is clamped as shown below.
RBMC07013.AI
Do not clamp the board cables 
of the scanning optics unit.
Clamp
Ferrite core
(3) When the board is replaced with a new one, recover the machine, and then 
confirm the S-value.
 {IN:10._Confirming the S Value}
(4) If the PMT board is replaced with a new one, perform the "SCN ALL DATA" backup 
procedures.
 {MU:4.15_BACKUP}
(5) Check the following points.
l The RU normally enters the READY state.
l The results of the image/conveyance checks are normal without 
nonuniformity.
 {IN:9._Image/Conveyance Checks}
l There is no error occurrence.
CR-IR 359 Service Manual
MC-108
MC-108014-247-02E
01.31.2014 FM8222
u NOTE u
Place the scanning optics unit in the orientation as shown in the figure, according to the label 
indicating how to place the scanning optics unit.
u INSTRUCTION u
Do not remove the top cover of the scanning optics unit.
u NOTE u
If you are going to use the scanning optics unit that was used in another machine, install 
it and then make a shading speed correction. After shading correction, back up the "SCN 
OPTICAL DATA".
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-4]_Shading Speed Correction (ST(GR))}
 {MU:7.3 [5-5-3]_Shading Speed Correction (HR)}
8. Scanning Optics Unit
8.1 Scanning Optics Unit
 CAUTION
When servicing the scanning optics unit, be sure to wear an anti-static wristband to 
ground your body. If your body is not grounded, static electricity built on your body 
may cause damage to electronic parts on the board.
 CAUTION